Skip to main content

Full text of "Prayer between friends : cultivating our friendship with God"

See other formats


Prayer 

Between 

Friends 


Cultivating  our 
friendship  with  God 


* 


.991 


Earl  E  Palmer 


JUK 


0 1  mh 

V  v  V 


BV210.2  . P23  1991 
Palmer,  Earl  F. 

Prayer  between  friends  : 
cultivating  our  friendship 
with  God. 


PRAYER 

BETWEEN 

FRIENDS 


Digitized  by  the  Internet  Archive 
in  2018  with  funding  from 
Princeton  Theological  Seminary  Library 


https://archive.org/details/prayerbetweenfriOOunse 


Prayer 

Between 

Friends 


Cultivating  our 
friendship  with  God 

* 


Earl  F.  Palmer 


REGENT  COLLEGE  PUBLISHING 

•  VANCOUVER,  CANADA  • 


Prayer  Between  Friends 
Copyright  ©1991  by  Earl  F.  Palmer 


First  published  in  1991  by  Fleming  H.  Revell  Company 
Tarrytown,  New  York  U.S.A.  10591 

Reprinted  1999  by  Regent  College  Publishing 

an  imprint  of  the  Regent  College  Bookstore 

5800  University  Boulevard,  Vancouver,  B.C.  Canada  V6T  2E4 

E-mail:  bookstore@regent-college.edu; 

Website:  www.regent-bookstore.com 

The  views  expressed  in  works  published  by  Regent  College  Publishing  are 
those  of  the  author  and  may  not  necessarily  represent  the  official  position  of 
Regent  College. 

Printed  in  the  United  States  of  America 

All  rights  reserved.  No  part  of  this  publication  may  be  reproduced,  stored  in 
a  retrieval  system,  or  transmitted,  in  any  form  or  by  any  means,  electronic, 
mechanical,  photocopying,  recording  or  otherwise,  without  the  prior  writ¬ 
ten  permission  of  the  author,  except  in  the  case  of  brief  quotations  embod¬ 
ied  in  critical  articles  and  reviews. 

Unless  otherwise  identified,  Scripture  quotations  contained  herein 
are  from  the  New  Revised  Standard  Version  of  the  Bible,  copyrighted,  1989 
by  the  Division  of  Christian  Education  of  the  National  Council  of  the 
Churches  of  Christ  in  the  United  States  of  America,  and  are  used  by  per¬ 
mission.  All  rights  reserved. 

Scripture  quotations  identified  kjv  are  from  the  King  James  Version 
of  the  Bible 

Scripture  quotations  contained  herein  identified  RSV  are  from  the 
Revised  Standard  Version  of  the  Bible,  Copyrighted  ©1946,  1952,  1971, 
by  the  Division  of  Christian  Education  of  the  National  Council  of  the 
Churches  of  Christ  in  the  United  States  of  America,  and  are  used  by  per¬ 
mission.  All  rights  reserved. 

Library  of  Congress  Cataloging-in-Publication  Data 
Palmer,  Earl  F. 

Prayer  between  friends  /  Earl  F.  Palmer 
p.  cm. 

Includes  bibliographical  references. 

ISBN  1-57383-149-2 

1.  Prayer.  2.  Bible.  O.T.  Psalms— Prayers.  3.  Bible.  O.T. 

Job — Prayers.  4.  Lords  prayer.  I.  Title. 


TO 

the  Wednesday-morning  prayer  group: 


Bob,  Wilbur,  Blondie,  Roger,  Allen,  Henry, 
Russell,  Steve,  Darrell,  Francois,  Al,  Minor, 
Ted,  Bill,  Richard,  Lou,  Mark,  John,  Kurt, 
Rene,  Jan,  Dick,  Jim,  Russ,  Bob,  and  Walter 


Contents 


Preface  9 

Introduction  11 

Part  I:  Communication  With  Our 
Greatest  Friend — God 

1  Do  I  Dare  Disturb  God?  19 

2  The  Language  of  Love  31 

3  The  Language  of  Relationship  39 

Part  II:  The  Nature  of  the 
Friendship 

4  The  Prayer-Songs  of  Our  Lives  47 

5  Prayer  and  Meditation:  Keys  to  Survival  61 

6  Who  Is  There  When  We  Pray?  73 

7  The  Crisis  of  Faith:  A  Case  Study  in 

the  Book  of  Job  83 

8  Surprised  by  Hope:  Job,  a  Book  of  Prayer  97 


8 


Contents 


Part  III:  Praying  in  Jesus’  Name 

9  Teach  Us  to  Pray  111 

10  Thy  Kingdom,  Lord  121 

11  One  Day  at  a  Time  127 

12  Forgiveness  135 

13  Total  Help  for  Total  Need  145 

14  Kingdom,  Power,  and  Glory  157 

15  Daily  Prayer  169 

16  Between  Friends  177 

17  And  Finally  . . .  185 

Source  Notes  189 


Preface 


Prayer  is  a  lifelong  part  of  the  Christian  life.  The 
youngest  children  know  how  to  do  it,  because  prayer  is 
easy  to  learn.  When  we  are  old,  we  seek  God  even  more, 
because  our  experiences  with  the  Lord  of  time  have  en¬ 
riched  the  meaning  of  prayer. 

We  pray  when  we  need  help,  when  we  grieve,  when  we 
rejoice;  we  pray  when  we  are  afraid,  and  when  we  are 
thankful.  Like  our  relationships  with  people,  our  prayers 
journey  with  us  throughout  all  of  our  life,  and  they  be¬ 
come  inseparable  from  the  history  of  that  journey. 

I  hope  that  the  Old  Testament  and  New  Testament 
explorations  in  these  pages  will  focus  our  minds  and 
steady  our  hearts  so  that  we  may  pray  knowing  the  One 
who  invites  not  only  our  prayers  but  our  friendship. 

I  am  grateful  to  God  for  people  in  my  own  life  who  have 
taught  me  the  meanings  and  the  experiences  of  prayer: 
Ralph  Byron,  Persis  Sueltz,  Henrietta  Mears,  Thelma 


10 


Preface 


Enkema,  Bill  Brown,  Helen  Vaughn,  Eunice  and  Henry 
Gertmanian,  Vera  Kerr,  Cathie  Nicoll,  and  Kay  Mac¬ 
Donald;  my  family,  Shirley,  Anne,  Jon,  and  Elizabeth; 
and  especially,  three  prayer  groups  in  my  life — the  Orig¬ 
inal  Twelve  at  Princeton,  the  Monday  pastor's  support 
group,  and  the  Wednesday-morning  group. 


Introduction 


I  am  convinced  that,  just  like  friendship,  prayer  is  for 
amateurs.  A  friendship  is  not  a  professional  skill  in  which 
a  college  gives  degrees  and  certificates;  prayer  shares  the 
same  informal  and  nontechnical  nature. 

Friendship  has  ceremonial  events,  like  the  time  when 
a  close  friend  asks  another  to  stand  at  a  marriage  cer¬ 
emony  as  best  man,  maid  of  honor,  or  an  attendant. 
But  these  formal  occasions  only  happen  because  at  a 
very  personal  level  a  profound  unity  of  acknowledg¬ 
ment  and  shared  joy  already  exists  between  the  two 
people. 

The  Bible  describes  the  formal  acknowledgment  of 
friendship  between  God  and  people  as  a  covenant  or 
promise;  fundamentally  that  relationship  really  has 
nothing  to  do  with  ceremony,  though  ceremonies  and 
public  events  may  be  used  to  make  the  promise  visible  or 
may  be  celebrated  to  honor  the  existence  of  the  covenant. 


12 


Introduction 


The  friendship  already  exists  by  the  time  the  ceremony 
takes  place. 

Prayer  is  the  language  of  that  friendship  with  God,  and 
my  goal  in  this  book  is  for  us  to  dialogue  on  the  meanings 
of  prayer  as  that  language.  Within  the  journey  of  faith, 
people  of  all  ages  and  of  every  kind  of  theological  opinion 
feel  concerned  about  the  meanings  of  prayer.  Because 
friendship  with  Almighty  God  involves  a  mystery  and  a 
profound  wonder  of  grace,  these  concerns  are  often  quite 
complicated. 

Some  of  the  most  painful  human  experiences  have  to 
do  with  personal  loneliness,  and  these  concerns  have  at 
their  core,  I  believe,  a  yearning  for  friendship  with  God. 
We  ask,  “How  can  I  know  that  God  really  cares  about  my 
life  when  I  don’t  feel  the  presence  of  his  love?”  In  very 
practical  terms  spiritual  loneliness  must  finally  focus 
upon  the  possibility  and  reality  of  prayer  so  that  we  have 
permission  to  go  to  God  with  our  deepest  feelings. 

Questions  about  prayer  come  up  almost  every  day,  in 
one  way  or  another,  especially  from  students  in  the  uni¬ 
versity  city  where  I  serve  as  a  pastor.  I  am  often  asked, 
“How  can  I  know  what  God’s  will  is  for  my  life?”  This  is 
at  least  50  percent  a  question  about  prayer.  Others  ask 
related  questions,  like,  “Do  I  need  to  go  to  church  to  know 
God?”  A  variety  of  queries  sooner  or  later  become  ques¬ 
tions  about  prayer. 

Many  people  find  prayer  a  confusing  word  and  idea.  For 
some  it  is  primarily  a  religious  procedure  that  they  must 
surround  by  the  careful  trappings  of  a  formal  religious 
setting.  But  I  don’t  agree  at  all  with  this  type  of  limita¬ 
tion.  Most  certainly  we  wouldn’t  let  this  kind  of  thinking 
affect  our  relationships  with  other  people,  yet  for  some 
strange  reason  many  of  us  at  times  depend  on  religious 
practices  to  characterize  our  friendship  with  God. 


Introduction 


13 


Others  view  prayer  as  a  means  of  power  and  authority. 
They  see  prayer  as  a  religious  transaction  involving  re¬ 
quests  made  of  God.  Consequently,  these  folk  see  prayer 
as  a  skill  to  be  learned  and  mastered.  Their  understand¬ 
ing  produces  students  of  the  art  of  prayer,  who  attend 
seminars  on  prayer  methods,  as  if  praying  were  an  art 
form  in  which  the  key  element  was  related  to  our  ability 
at  timing  and  technique. 

The  Bible  includes  prayers  that  result  from  the  rela¬ 
tionship  between  ordinary  people  like  us  and  God.  We 
will  explore  the  greatest  mystery  about  prayer — the 
truth  that  prayer  has  more  to  do  with  God’s  character 
than  with  our  methods  and  techniques.  That  mystery  is 
hidden  in  the  promise  of  Jesus  Christ  to  his  disciples, 
when  he  invited  them  and  ordinary  people  in  all  of  time 
to  ask  what  they  will  in  Jesus’  name. 

In  the  “in  his  name”  instruction  we  discover  the  deep¬ 
est  mystery  of  prayer,  which  allows  us  to  blurt  out  our 
concerns  to  the  One  who  is  our  best  Friend.  The  good 
news  is  that  we  need  no  special  training  in  “blurting 
out.”  No  rituals  or  ceremonies  qualify  us  to  pray.  So  let 
us  now  begin  our  quest  into  the  meaning  of  our  own 
experiences  of  prayer.  Part  of  our  task  in  this  venture 
will  be  to  unlearn  some  of  our  earlier  misconceptions  so 
that  we  become  free  to  simply  ask  and  experience  the 
friendship  that  makes  our  prayers  possible. 


between 


Part  I 


Communication  With 
Our  Greatest 
Friend — God 


I 


1 


Do  I  Dare  Disturb  God? 


A  student  at  Harvard  wrote  a  masterful  poem,  telling 
the  story  of  a  man  who  wonders  what  his  life  is  all  about. 
One  mark  of  that  character’s  depleted  sense  of  self-worth 
is  his  inability  to  pray  or  to  even  consider  that  his  prayers 
matter  at  all.  Two  lines  especially  express  his  feelings: 
“Do  I  dare  Disturb  the  universe?”1 

Actually,  the  question  T.  S.  Eliot’s  character  expressed 
in  “The  Love  Song  of  J.  Alfred  Prufrock”  was  also  the 
question  of  the  author,  a  young  agnostic.  After  Eliot  dis¬ 
covered  the  reality  of  Jesus  Christ,  he  came  to  a  whole 
new  understanding  of  prayer.  Later  works,  Murder  in  the 
Cathedral  and  Journey  of  the  Magi ,  became  the  artistic 
and  theological  answers  to  the  questions  he  asked  in 
“Prufrock.”  The  tentative  and  incomplete  prayers  in  Eli¬ 
ot’s  first  poems  are  replaced  by  a  profoundly  integrated 
whole  understanding  of  prayer,  reflected  in  every  part  of 
his  later  works. 


20 


Prayer — Between  Friends 


Dare  We  Disturb  the  Universe?  At  some  time 
we  all  ask  Eliot's  question  about  the  very  possibility 
of  prayer:  “Do  I  dare  disturb?”  Unambiguously,  exul¬ 
tantly,  and  thoughtfully,  the  Bible  affirms,  “Yes,  we  can 
disturb  the  universe  by  our  questions  of  the  universe’s 
Creator.”  But  the  Scripture  goes  even  further  as  it  pro¬ 
claims  that  the  One  who  created  the  human  ear  is  able 
to  hear  us  when  we  speak.  The  One  who  made  us  able 
to  think,  feel,  care,  and  hope  also  thinks,  feels,  cares, 
and  makes  hope  a  possibility.  The  mystery  of  our  free¬ 
dom  that  enables  these  possibilities  is  united  with  the 
mystery  of  God’s  freedom.  God  is  the  ultimate  source 
before  all  sources,  and  the  ultimate  wonder  prior  to  all 
other  wonders  is  that  God  is  knowable  by  mere  human 
beings.  That  knowability  makes  prayer  both  exciting 
and  important. 

Prayer  is  the  word  that  describes  our  personal  expe¬ 
rience  of  God.  As  men  and  women  who  live  in  time  and 
space  we  can  know  God  as  he  makes  himself  known  to 
us,  and  this  is  profound,  good  news.  Yes,  there  is  a  re¬ 
lationship  between  us  and  the  God  who  made  us  and 
who  loves  us. 


Toward  Understanding  Prayer 

Merely  admitting  that  God  does  listen  and  that  we 
need  to  pray  does  not  answer  all  our  questions  concern¬ 
ing  this  glorious  relationship  with  the  Creator.  A  couple 
of  incidents  from  my  own  life  show  forth  two  difficulties 
in  our  understanding  of  prayer. 

Shortly  after  I  graduated  from  theological  seminary,  I 
was  assigned,  as  a  young  pastor,  to  speak  to  the  youth 
section  of  a  week-long  conference  at  Mt.  Hermon  Chris¬ 
tian  Conference  Center  in  California.  The  principal 


Do  I  Dare  Disturb  God? 


21 


speaker  during  that  week  was  Dr.  Donald  Grey  Barn- 
house,  a  brilliant  biblical  preacher  and  teacher,  who 
pastored  Tenth  Presbyterian  Church,  in  Philadelphia. 

One  afternoon,  during  a  question-and-answer  session, 
Dr.  Barnhouse  was  asked,  “Do  you  feel  that  our  prayers 
change  anything?” 

His  answer  was  swift  and  electrifying:  “Our  prayers 
only  change  us.  They  don’t  change  God.  And  they  don’t 
change  God’s  decisions  about  history.” 

Dr.  Barnhouse  then  explained  that  in  his  opinion 
prayer  is  in  its  essence  and  totality  the  act  of  our  per¬ 
sonal  submission  to  God’s  authority  and  of  our  grateful 
trust  in  the  faithful  love  of  God.  He  pointed  out  that 
prayer  is  no  more  than  that,  and  to  claim  more  on  our 
part  only  shows  we  misunderstand  the  sovereign  right  of 
God  over  history.  He  asserted  that  God’s  character  does 
not  change  to  meet  our  prayer  requests,  nor  do  his  deci¬ 
sions.  We  are  the  ones  who  change,  and  that  is  the  good 
result  of  prayer  as  we  bring  ourselves  into  the  presence  of 
the  Lord. 

Dr.  Barnhouse’s  tight  and  logical  reasoning  im¬ 
pressed  me,  but  I  still  felt  uneasy.  The  problem  with  his 
answer  is  that  this  teaching  interprets  the  character  of 
God — which  Dr.  Barnhouse  saw  as  at  the  heart  of 
Christian  prayer — as  rigid  and  immovable.  It  seemed  to 
me  then  that  this  interpretation  only  captured  part  of 
the  whole  truth. 

My  uneasiness  with  the  answer  made  me  determined 
to  look  more  closely  at  what  the  Bible  teaches  about  the 
mystery  and  the  meaning  and  the  practice  of  prayer.  Now 
I  look  back  to  that  week  with  gratitude,  for  like  a  good 
teacher,  Dr.  Barnhouse  had  forced  me  to  study  the  bibli¬ 
cal  texts  that  are  the  final  authoritative  source  for  every 
doctrine  and  promise. 


22 


Prayer — Between  Friends 


Not  long  after  this  event,  a  challenge  from  almost  the 
opposite  direction  confronted  me.  At  the  time  I  was 
minister  to  students  at  the  University  Presbyterian 
Church  in  Seattle,  Washington.  A  fellow  pastor  invited 
me  to  have  lunch  with  him,  and  we  talked  about  the 
world  crisis  and  the  needs  of  youth  for  the  gospel.  I  felt 
our  discussion  was  being  too  carefully  guided  by  my 
host,  and  the  point  of  his  careful  conversation  finally 
became  clear  when  he  asked,  “Earl,  do  you  have  as 
much  power  in  your  life  and  in  your  prayers  as  you 
wish  you  had?”  I  answered  truthfully  and  told  my 
friend  that  I  usually  felt  inadequate  to  meet  the  chal¬ 
lenge  of  my  calling. 

“Earl,”  he  asked,  “do  you  have  in  your  life  the  gifts  of 
the  Holy  Spirit?  Especially  do  you  have  the  gifts  to  make 
prayer  a  power-filled  experience  in  all  of  your  life?”  With¬ 
out  awaiting  my  answer,  he  told  me  about  some  of  his 
intercessory  prayer  victories. 

Warily  I  decided  to  answer  his  original  questions  from 
the  standpoint  of  the  fellowship  I  belonged  to  and  was 
accountable  to.  I  replied,  “You  should  ask  those  who 
know  me  best  to  answer  those  questions.” 

Whereas  Dr.  Barnhouse  had  caused  me  to  feel  theolog¬ 
ical  discomfort  about  the  inflexibility  of  God’s  faithful¬ 
ness,  I  now  felt  troubled  at  the  prospect  of  the  God  who 
could  be  manipulated  by  my  devoted  spirituality.  This 
emphasis  on  my  personal  experience  of  prayer  and  spir¬ 
ituality  was  too  dynamic  and  too  dependent  on  what  was 
happening  in  me.  While  the  idea  that  prayer  is  only  our 
submission  to  the  sovereignty  of  God  seemed  rigid  and 
incomplete,  in  the  face  of  the  biblical  witness,  these 
lunchtime  questions  implicitly  seemed  to  place  too  much 
emphasis  on  my  experience. 


Do  I  Dare  Disturb  God? 


23 


Limiting  or  Attempting  to  Control  God 

These  incidents  typify  the  tensions  we  face  as  we  seek 
to  understand  prayer.  Dr.  Barnhouse’s  interpretation 
holds  the  danger  of  limiting  our  understanding  of  God, 
because  it  contains  speculative  theological  conclusions 
about  the  implications  of  God’s  sovereignty.  This  may 
actually  create  an  artificial  and  nonbiblical  boundary 
around  prayer,  which  acts  as  a  tight  and  final  circle. 
Because  it  may  give  us  the  idea  that  God  will  not 
change  anything  as  a  result  of  our  prayers,  such  theol¬ 
ogy  downgrades  the  full  possibilities  of  intercessory 
prayer. 

My  fellow  pastor’s  portrayal  of  prayer  moves  in  an  op¬ 
posite  direction,  toward  arrogance  or  even  impudence. 
The  idea  here  is  that  our  earnest  prayers  of  agreement 
and  requests  somehow  compel  or  even  control  God. 
Though  we  pray  “in  Jesus’  name,”  we  make  both  prom¬ 
ises  and  demands  that  attempt  to  limit  God’s  sovereignty 
as  we  too  tightly  define  what  we  believe  is  the  way  of  his 
love.  Our  assurance  becomes  directly  related  to  what  we 
describe  as  answers  to  prayer  instead  of  simple  trust  in 
the  faithful  and  good  character  of  God. 

Both  possibilities  are  rooted  in  Christian  conviction, 
and  both  need  to  move  toward  a  biblical  higher  ground,  if 
we  are  to  build  a  healthy  practice  and  understanding  of 
prayer.  It  seems  to  me  that  what  we  need  is  to  give  care¬ 
ful  attention  to  the  promises  Scripture  makes  to  us  about 
prayer.  In  looking  at  the  biblical  record,  we  will  learn  by 
observation  how  the  men  and  women  of  the  Bible  lived 
and  prayed.  There  we  will  find  both  good  examples  and 
bad,  for  their  stories  are  uneven,  just  as  ours  are. 
Through  them,  though,  we  can  learn  much  about  God’s 
faithfulness. 


24 


Prayer — Between  Friends 


Threats  to  Our  Understanding  of  Prayer 

More  dangerous  threats  to  our  understanding  of  the 
meaning  of  prayer  exist  than  these  two,  which  originate 
from  within  the  family  of  believers.  For  example,  athe¬ 
ism  claims  that  human  prayer  has  no  meaning,  because 
no  ultimate  Friend  listens  to  our  prayers.  This  claim,  of 
course,  comes  from  people  who  have  not  met  and  trusted 
Jesus  of  Nazareth.  We  don’t  need  to  argue  the  “case  for 
prayer”  with  such  critics.  Rather,  we  seek  to  witness  to 
them  and  introduce  them  to  the  Lord  Jesus  Christ.  Only 
then  can  we  appropriately  press  the  matter  further,  be¬ 
cause,  in  reality,  prayer  is  a  vital  part  of  our  journey  of 
discovery  as  to  who  Jesus  is. 

An  even  more  complicated  threat  in  a  sense  arises  from 
a  page  torn  out  of  the  book  of  faith,  as  people  have  mis¬ 
read  the  biblical  teachings  and  understandings  of  the 
Bible  about  prayer.  In  their  desire  for  spiritual  and  phys¬ 
ical  power,  they  have  separated  “the  power  from  the 
promise.”  The  Book  of  Acts  describes  such  a  man,  who 
desired  the  power  he  witnessed  in  the  life  and  actions  of 
the  early  Apostles.  In  an  effort  to  acquire  that  power, 
Simon  attempted  to  buy  it  from  Peter,  saying,  “  ‘Give  me 
also  this  power  so  that  anyone  on  whom  I  lay  my  hands 
may  receive  the  Holy  Spirit.’  ”  Peter  replied,  “  ‘May  your 
silver  perish  with  you,  because  you  thought  you  could 
obtain  God’s  gift  with  money!  You  have  no  part  or  share 
in  this,  for  your  heart  is  not  right  before  God’  ”  (Acts 
8:18-21). 

Separation  of  “the  power  from  the  promise”  is  nothing 
new.  The  Gnostics,  who  opposed  the  apostolic  gospel  in 
the  early  church,  attempted  to  acquire  the  power  they 
saw  in  the  lives  of  the  first-century  Christians.  But  they 
wanted  power  without  obedience  to  the  historical  person 


Do  I  Dare  Disturb  God? 


25 


and  work  of  Jesus  Christ.  A  Greek  philosophical  and 
mythological  worldview  that  exalted  everything  that 
seemed  “spiritual”  had  influenced  the  Gnostics,  causing 
them  to  despise  and  reject  anything  physical  and  con¬ 
crete;  they  were  determined  to  arrange  for  a  spiritual 
escape  from  the  physical  world.  This  made  them  highly 
selective  about  the  parts  of  the  New  Testament  they  were 
prepared  to  embrace.  Completely  rejecting  the  Old  Tes¬ 
tament  insistence  upon  concreteness  and  the  insepara¬ 
bility  of  life  as  a  whole  experience  of  body,  soul,  and 
spirit,  the  Gnostic  movement  attempted  to  redesign  Je¬ 
sus  into  a  spiritual  force — a  phantomlike  Christ  of  spir¬ 
itual  power  who  helped  religious  “experts”  who  had  the 
secret  knowledge  (gnosis)  about  spiritual  truth,  who  en¬ 
abled  them  in  their  goal  to  become  fully  spiritualized. 

Through  the  centuries,  movements  at  the  edges  of  the 
Christian  faith  have  believed  and  taught  variations  of 
this  highly  spiritualistic  Gnostic  theme.  In  fact,  many 
theological  debates  in  the  second-century  church  cen¬ 
tered  on  the  challenge  to  the  New  Testament  gospel  by 
the  Gnostic  movements.  A  specific  prayer  ideology  that 
involved  the  symbolic  significance  of  certain  words  and 
ceremonies  and  the  use  of  certain  metals,  gems,  crystals, 
and  even  the  importance  of  spiritually  receptive  shapes 
such  as  pyramids  have  characterized  these  movements. 

Gnostic  techniques  sought  to  enable  the  one  who  mas¬ 
tered  such  special  knowledge  to  become  a  channel  of  spir¬ 
itual  energy  and  power.  Most  of  the  Gnostic  movements 
eventually  believed  and  taught  that  deity  resided  in  some 
way  within  personhood  and  was  available  for  use  and 
mastery  if  one  could  learn  the  secret  methods  of  recovery. 
First-century  Gnosticism  resulted  in  self-preoccupation 
and  an  all-absorbing  concentration  on  power. 

This  not-uncommon  spiritual  theme  traces  back  to  the 


26 


Prayer — Between  Friends 


oldest,  most  deceptive,  and  pervasive  promise  of  the 
tempter  to  Adam  and  Eve — spiritual  and  physical  power 
stemming  from  secret  knowledge  learned  by  an  inner 
and  select  few. 


The  Mystery  of  Prayer 

Prayer,  as  we  now  see,  is  not  so  simple  a  matter  after 
all.  It  means  different  things  to  different  people.  But  in 
truth,  when  we  think  and  feel  together  about  prayer,  we 
are  thinking  and  feeling  at  the  very  deepest  level  within 
our  personalities.  The  use  of  such  a  simple  word  as  prayer 
is  very  important  to  us  and  to  our  life  journeys.  Conse¬ 
quently,  in  our  search  for  truth  we  need  to  ask  the  really 
major  questions  and  try  to  understand  the  answers  as  we 
find  them. 

While  prayer,  in  a  certain  sense,  is  a  very  simple  per¬ 
sonal  matter,  it  retains  a  profound  mystery.  One  of  my 
favorite  lines  in  A.  A.  Milne’s  book  When  We  Were  Very 
Young  points  to  this.  Little  Christopher  Robin,  human 
hero  of  the  Winnie  the  Pooh  books,  is  kneeling  by  his  bed 
before  he  goes  to  sleep.  We  are  told  to  be  quiet,  “Hush! 
Hush!  Whisper  who  dares!  Christopher  Robin  is  saying 
his  prayers.”  Why  should  we  hush?  What  is  so  special 
about  prayer  that  people  whisper  and  tiptoe  when  they 
stumble  onto  someone  who  is  praying? 

Actually,  prayer’s  mystery  has  little  to  do  with  our 
feelings  about  it  or  the  methods  we  use.  But  it  has  ev¬ 
erything  to  do  with  the  wondrous  meaning  of  prayer  as  a 
possibility  granted  to  human  beings  by  God.  In  the  most 
fundamental  sense,  prayer  is  what  happens  when  we 
stand  as  human  beings  at  the  place  of  agreement  with 
God,  our  Friend.  In  other  words,  in  our  praying  we  lay 
claim  to  the  revealed  character  of  God.  We  pray  not  in 


Do  I  Dare  Disturb  God? 


27 


order  to  catch  the  attention  of  God  but  because  he  has 
caught  our  attention.  Our  prayers  do  not  create  God’s 
love  for  us  or  for  those  for  whom  we  pray.  Rather,  we  pray 
because  the  truth  that  God  has  first  loved  us  has  dawned 
on  us. 

God  invites  us  to  speak  to  him,  and  he  listens  when 
we  speak.  Like  the  hymn  writer  of  Psalm  100:5,  we 
claim  the  Lord’s  revealed  character.  He  prayed  confi¬ 
dently,  because  “the  Lord  is  good;  his  steadfast  love  en¬ 
dures  forever,  and  his  faithfulness  lasts  for  all 
generations.”  When  we  pray  in  Jesus’  name,  we  make 
the  same  claim.  Our  prayers  are  not  dependent  upon 
our  own  earnestness  or  our  own  desperation  or  our  own 
efficient  use  of  religious  language.  Because  of  God’s 
prior  love  for  us,  which  he  concretely  revealed  in  the 
life  and  death  and  resurrection  of  Jesus  Christ,  our 
prayers  have  meaning.  We  claim  that  good  decision  of 
God’s  grace  and  faithfulness  when  we  pray. 

An  Invitation  to  Friendship  and  Involvement 

We  not  only  claim  God’s  grace  when  we  pray,  we  also 
ask  for  things  to  happen — we  make  requests,  and  these, 
too,  are  a  part  of  the  mystery  of  prayer. 

First  of  all  God  has  invited  us  into  friendship  with  him. 
Jesus  was  very  clear  about  this  in  the  promise  he  made  to 
his  disciples  in  the  upper  room  discourse  (John  13-16). 
Jesus  firmly  established  the  friendship  factor  by  saying, 
“  ‘You  are  my  friends  if  you  do  what  I  command  you.  I  do 
not  call  you  servants  any  longer,  because  the  servant 
does  not  know  what  the  master  is  doing;  but  I  have  called 
you  friends  .  .  .’”  (John  15:14,  15). 

At  the  same  time  God  invites  us  to  participate  in  the 
flow  of  history.  What  an  astounding  truth:  Our  prayers 


28 


Prayer — Between  Friends 


do  in  fact  influence  the  course  of  history!  Earlier  in  that 
same  conversation  Jesus  had  said,  “  ‘Very  truly,  I  tell 
you,  the  one  who  believes  in  me  will  also  do  the  works 
that  I  do  and,  in  fact,  will  do  greater  works  than  these, 
because  I  am  going  to  the  Father.  I  will  do  whatever  you 
ask  in  my  name ,  so  that  the  Father  may  he  glorified  in  the 
Son.  If  in  my  name  you  ask  me  for  anything,  I  will  do  if  ” 
(John  14:12-14,  italics  mine).  All  of  this  simply  means 
that  as  friends  of  God  we  have  a  decisive  role,  through 
our  prayers  and  our  lives,  in  the  events  of  history.  Jesus 
does  not  surrender  his  own  authority  to  the  prayers  of  his 
disciples,  but  he  invites  them,  as  friends,  to  lay  claim  to 
that  good  authority. 

When  I  reflect  on  the  promises  about  prayer  that  Je¬ 
sus  gave  his  followers,  I  wonder  about  my  own  experi¬ 
ences  of  prayer  in  the  morning,  at  meal  times,  and 
before  I  go  to  sleep  at  night.  I  can’t  help  but  wonder, 
Are  my  prayers  shaping  history ?  At  the  same  time  I 
wonder  if  I  realize  the  profound  meanings  of  the  mys¬ 
tery  in  the  divine  invitation  Jesus  gave  when  he  said, 
“  ‘Until  now  you  have  not  asked  for  anything  in  my 
name.  Ask  and  you  will  receive,  so  that  your  joy  may  be 
complete’  ”  (John  16:24). 

This  leads  me  to  ask,  “What  is  your  experience  in 
prayer?”  Do  you  have  that  awareness  of  divine  appoint¬ 
ment?  Can  those  who  observe  us  find  themselves  whis¬ 
pering,  “Hush,  this  person  is  praying”?  It  seems  to  me 
that  when  that  sense  of  “hush”  dawns  upon  us,  we  are 
ready  to  think  together  about  the  meaning  and  the 
mystery  of  prayer.  Let  us  begin  our  search  with  Bible  in 
hand  as  we  closely  watch  the  ways  that  the  people  in 
the  Bible  pray.  As  we  examine  the  writings  in  both  the 
Old  and  New  Testaments — specifically  the  Psalms,  the 
Book  of  Job,  and  the  Lord’s  Prayer — we  will  take  a 


Do  I  Dare  Disturb  God? 


29 


prayer  pilgrimage.  Further,  our  pilgrimage  will  come 
alive  as  we  pray — as  we  learn  by  doing.  For  at  heart, 
prayer  is  not  technique  or  gnosis  or  theory  or  power. 
Rather,  prayer  is  a  language  of  relationship,  and  best  of 
all,  it  is  the  language  used  between  friends. 


/ 


l 


y- 


2 


The  Language  of  Love 


At  the  beginning  of  our  prayer  journey,  we  must  try  to 
understand  the  ways  that  the  language  of  prayer  is  used 
within  the  Scriptures.  The  Bible  is  our  faithful  guidebook 
for  all  of  the  questions  about  faith  and  life;  it  is  also  our 
guidebook  to  the  meaning  of  prayer.  The  men  and  women 
portrayed  in  the  Bible  teach  us  on  every  page  about  who 
God  is  and  who  we  are.  By  their  own  experiences  they 
also  teach  us  about  discipleship,  worship,  and  prayer.  If 
we  want  to  understand  the  way  people  feel  about  any 
subject,  we  must  first  attend  to  what  they  say;  we  must 
listen  closely  to  the  words  the  writers  of  the  Bible  select 
to  express  their  feelings  and  thoughts  and  how  they  build 
words  into  sentences. 

In  addition  to  overhearing  what  the  people  of  the 
Bible — our  spiritual  ancestors — say,  wherever  possible 
we  also  want  to  carefully  observe  what  they  do.  How  do 
they  combine  their  language  with  their  actions?  When 


32 


Prayer — Between  Friends 


we  notice  this  interrelationship,  events  and  meanings 
come  together  into  a  whole.  The  Bible  helps  us  make  both 
of  these  observations  because  its  narratives  tell  stories 
about  real  people  and  what  they  experienced  and  how 
they  felt.  As  a  part  of  its  record,  the  Bible  has  also  given 
us  some  of  their  prayers.  This  makes  it  possible  for  us  to 
learn  about  prayer  as  the  people  of  the  biblical  narratives 
do  it.  We  learn  by  watching  their  prayers,  which  happen 
everywhere — in  the  temple,  in  a  lonely  cave,  in  private 
places,  in  joyous  fellowship  gatherings,  and  on  the  cross. 

The  Bible  records  at  least  five  kinds  of  prayer  in  the 
Old  Testament. 

1.  Words  of  Praise.  Prayers  of  praise  are  called 
the  Hallel  prayers.  The  most  famous  prayer  word  that  is 
used  in  the  Old  Testament  is  the  Hebrew  word  hallal , 
which  means  “magnify,  boast,  shout.”  This  is  a  word  of 
excitement  and  joyous  urgency.  When  “hallal”  is  com¬ 
bined  with  the  holy  name  for  God — “Yahweh” — it  be¬ 
comes  the  Hebrew  word  hallelujah.  We  find  “Hallelujah” 
frequently  in  the  Psalms,  and  it  is  translated  in  our  Bi¬ 
bles  as  “Praise  the  Lord”  ( see  Psalm  113:1).  Psalms  113- 
118  are  known  as  the  Hallel,  and  Psalm  136  is  the  Great 
Hallel. 

The  other  Hebrew  words  in  the  Old  Testament  praise 
vocabulary  are  not  as  familiar  to  those  who  speak  West¬ 
ern  languages,  though  each  plays  a  key  role  in  enabling 
us  to  understand  the  feelings  and  thoughts  of  men  and 
women  in  the  Old  and  New  Testaments  when  they 
thought  of  praise.  Two  words  closely  related  in  mood  to 
hallal  are  the  Hebrew  words  shir ,  which  means  “sing,” 
and  psalm ,  which  translates  “song.”  Like  hallal ,  these 
are  joyous  and  explosive  words.  We  see  both  in  Psalm 
137:4,  “How  could  we  sing  the  Lord’s  song  in  a  foreign 


The  Language  of  Love 


33 


land?”  Shir  is  also  used  in  Isaiah  42:10,  “Sing  to  the  Lord 
a  new  song,  his  praise  from  the  end  of  the  earth!  .  . 

2.  Asking  Prayer  Words.  Another  group  of 
prayer  words  in  the  Old  Testament  might  be  designated 
as  the  asking  words.  Most  commonly  translated  “pray,” 
they  carry  the  sense  of  “ask,  to  request  a  favor.” 

The  three  major  Hebrew  asking  words  are: 

a.  A  tar ,  which  in  its  root  form  carries  the  idea  of 
sacrifice.  It  is  used  in  Genesis  25:21,  “Isaac  prayed  to 
the  Lord  for  his  wife.  .  .  .” 

b.  Shaal  means  “to  ask,  beg”  and  is  used  176  times 
in  the  Old  Testament.  For  example,  in  Psalm  122:6, 
we  read,  “Pray  for  the  peace  of  Jerusalem.  .  .  .” 

c.  Hanan  means  “to  present  oneself  acceptably  in 
order  to  ask  a  favor.”  It  appears  in  Jeremiah  3:21:  “A 
voice  on  the  bare  heights  is  heard,  the  plaintive 
weeping  of  Israel’s  children.  .  .  .”  Daniel  uses  it  in 
his  great  prayer:  “  ‘. .  .  We  do  not  present  our  sup¬ 
plications  before  you  on  the  ground  of  our  righteous¬ 
ness,  but  on  the  ground  of  your  great  mercies’  ” 
(9:18). 

These  asking  words  are  sometimes  used  in  a  negative 
sense,  too.  Shaal  is  used  that  way  in  Psalm  78:18,  “They 
tested  God  in  their  heart  by  demanding  the  food  they 
craved.”  Believing  prayer  asks  of  God,  but  not  all  askings 
are  prayers  of  faith. 

3.  Cries  for  Help.  Some  prayer  words  might  be 
labeled  “cries  for  help.”  One  such  powerful  word  is 
shapak ,  which  means  “to  pour  out.”  We  find  it  in  Lam¬ 
entations  2:19,  “.  .  .  Pour  out  your  heart  like  water  before 
the  presence  of  the  Lord.  .  .  .”  We  hear  David  use  this 


34 


Prayer — Between  Friends 


word  in  Psalm  142:2,  “I  pour  out  my  complaint  before 
him.  .  . 

Another  “cry  for  help”  is  the  Hebrew  word  shaag , 
which  literally  means  “roar.”  This  is  the  word  used  in 
Psalm  22:1,  “My  God,  my  God,  why  have  you  forsaken 
me?  [Literally,  “Why  are  you  so  far  from  the  words  of  my 
roaring?”]”  David  also  prays  with  this  word  in  Psalm 
38:8,  “I  am  utterly  spent  and  crushed;  I  groan  [roar]  be¬ 
cause  of  the  tumult  of  my  heart.”  In  both  references,  the 
translators  of  the  Revised  Standard  Version  use  the  En¬ 
glish  word  “groan.”  But  the  Hebrew  is  more  accurately 
translated  by  the  stronger  word  “roar,”  the  same  word 
that  is  used  for  the  roar  of  a  lion  in  Old  Testament  texts. 

The  word  shava ,  which  means  “to  cry,”  is  also  part  of 
this  group  of  intense  and  deeply  emotional  words  for 
prayer.  Psalm  22:5  uses  it,  “To  you  they  cried,  and  were 
saved.  . . .” 

Another  word  in  this  group,  anach ,  means  “to  sigh.” 
An  example  of  its  use  is  found  in  Lamentations  1:21, 
“They  heard  how  I  was  groaning  with  no  one  to  comfort 
me. .  .  .” 

The  most  famous  of  these  “cry  for  help”  words  is  ho¬ 
sanna,  which  literally  means  “help,  please.”  It  is  used  in 
Psalm  118:25,  “Save  us  we  beseech  you,  O  Lord! .  .  .” 
When  Jesus  rode  into  Jerusalem  on  that  first  Palm  Sun¬ 
day,  the  writer  of  John’s  Gospel  tells  us  that  the  crowd 
cried,  “Hosanna” — “Lord,  help  us,  please.” 

4.  “Thinking  Through”  Prayer  Words.  Our  Bi¬ 
ble  also  uses  three  words  in  intercessory  prayer — the 
“thinking  things  through”  prayers.  Chief  among  these  is 
pala ,  which  means  “to  decide,  assess,  estimate,  think 
through.”  This  word  is  used  eighty-four  times  in  the  Old 
Testament  and  represents  the  intercessory  act  of  pray- 


The  Language  of  Love 


35 


in g.  English  versions  often  translate  it  “intercession.”  It 
describes  that  intercessory  thoughtfulness  found  in  Sol¬ 
omon’s  prayer  found  in  1  Kings  8:28,  “Regard  your  ser¬ 
vant’s  prayer  and  his  plea.  .  .  The  Prophet  used  pala 
to  describe  the  Lord’s  house  as  “a  house  of  prayer”  (Isa¬ 
iah  56:7). 

A  deliberate,  sober  thoughtfulness  lies  at  the  core  of 
this  word.  It  represents  the  prayer  of  the  mind  that  thinks 
through  an  issue  before  God.  The  prayer  of  intercession 
may  be  described  as  an  intellectual  work  of  careful  con¬ 
sideration  of  human  need  and  divine  promise  before  God. 

Another  fascinating  word  in  this  group,  haga ,  means 
“to  hum,  reflect,  meditate.”  This  is  the  word  used  in 
Psalm  19:14,  “Let  the  words  of  my  mouth  and  the  medi¬ 
tation  of  my  heart  be  acceptable  to  you,  O  Lord,  my  rock 
and  my  redeemer.”  A  related  word,  maskil ,  also  means 
“to  think  through.”  This  word  is  used  as  a  title  for  several 
Psalms,  for  example  “A  Maskil  of  Asaph”  (Psalm  78). 

These  three  words  point  up  the  intellectually  dynamic 
role  of  the  person  who  prays.  This  kind  of  prayer  not  only 
shouts  out  in  praise  or  cries  out  in  distress  or  makes 
requests  of  God,  it  also  decides  and  thinks  through  in 
order  to  intercede  in  behalf  of  need.  This  is  the  prayer 
that  seeks  to  understand  the  will  of  God  and  to  think 
through  a  crisis  with  him.  These  are  words  of  partner¬ 
ship,  “Come  now,  let  us  argue  it  out  [reason  together] 
says  the  Lord”  (Isaiah  1:18). 

5.  Prayer  Words  of  Obedience  and  Faith.  Then 
there  are  the  shema  prayers,  “Hear  O  Israel .  .  .”  (Deuter¬ 
onomy  6:4).  The  shema  prayers  are  very  important,  for 
they  express  the  obedience  and  faith  of  prayer.  Two  such 
words  are  shachah  and  barak.  In  Genesis  22:5  Abraham 
tells  his  servants,  “Stay  here  with  the  donkey;  the  boy  and 


36 


Prayer — Between  Friends 


I  will  go  over  there;  we  will  worship,  and  then  we  will  come 
back  to  you.”  The  word  translated  “worship”  is  shoe  hah, 
“to  bow.”  The  Hebrew  word  barak  also  means  “to  bow”  and 
is  translated  by  the  English  word  “bless,”  “Bless  the  Lord, 
O  my  soul  .  .  .”  (Psalm  103:1).  It  is  interesting  to  note, 
though,  that  when  the  word  “bless”  refers  to  a  person,  as 
in  Psalm  1,  “Blessed  is  the  man  ...”  (rsv),  the  word  as  her 
is  used,  and  this  means  to  “find  the  right  way.” 

These  obedience  words  represent  the  sense  of  awe  and 
worship  that  is  a  vital  part  of  the  Old  Testament  prayer 
vocabulary.  They  signal  to  us  that  prayer  is  the  submis¬ 
sion  of  our  will  to  the  kingly  reign  of  God.  In  prayer,  we 
bow  before  him.  We  commit  ourselves  and  our  concerns 
to  his  love,  and  then  we  trust  in  his  grace  and  faithful¬ 
ness.  This  is  what  it  means  to  pray  in  God’s  holy  name. 

The  Importance  of  Words  and  Their  Usage 

Remember  that  no  lexical  examination  of  a  particular 
word  is  ever  complete  in  itself.  Words  are  used  in  sen¬ 
tences  by  living  people  who  do  not  carry  dictionaries 
around  as  they  speak.  Consequently,  we  must  always 
consider  a  word  in  the  context  of  the  whole  sentence  or 
paragraph.  By  doing  this  we  catch  the  real  intention  of 
the  writer’s  word  choice.  I  have  therefore  endeavored  to 
place  each  word  into  its  biblical  sentence,  so  that  we  feel 
it  as  part  of  a  larger  whole. 

Nevertheless,  words  are  essential  markers,  and  they 
carry  within  them  vital  clues  to  the  feeling  level  of  the 
people  who  use  them.  We  need  to  study  words  in  their 
setting  and  culture,  because  no  word  ever  is  perfectly 
translated  with  all  of  its  intended  meanings  intact.  Lin¬ 
guistic  scholars  readily  agree  that  every  word  has  a  his¬ 
tory  and  an  individual  meaning  within  a  language.  While 


The  Language  of  Love 


37 


some  overlap  of  meaning  may  exist,  the  idea  may  not  be 
precisely  conveyed  in  another  language.  This  lack  of  pre¬ 
cision  makes  biblical  translation  into  our  own  language 
such  an  important  and  never-ending  task. 

By  briefly  examining  the  prayer  words  found  in  the 
Bible,  we  have  explored  the  kinds  of  prayer  that  com¬ 
prised  the  experience  of  the  ancient  Hebrews.  We  may 
also  apply  these  to  our  own  experience.  When  we  pray, 
we  also  sing,  we  ask,  and  we  try  to  think  carefully  and 
ponder  the  great  truths  upon  which  everything  depends. 
Finally,  in  prayer  we  also  must  trust  in  the  One  to  whom 
we  have  brought  our  prayers.  This  simply  means  that  our 
words  express  a  living  relationship.  They  involve  a  com¬ 
munication  between  friends  as  we  earnestly  try  to  un¬ 
derstand  and  seek  to  be  understood. 


3 


The  Language  of  Relationship 


As  a  young  Christian  I  had  to  unlearn  the  false  but 
widely  held  idea  that  the  Old  Testament  records  God’s 
judgment,  whereas  the  New  Testament  tells  the  good 
news  of  God’s  love. 

Our  study  of  Hebrew  words  of  prayer  shows  us  that  the 
God  of  grace  is  very  much  the  God  of  the  Old  Testament. 
God’s  goodness  and  faithfulness  stand  behind  all  the  lan¬ 
guage  of  approach  that  we  tracked  through  the  Old  Tes¬ 
tament  story.  Throughout  Scripture,  grace  and  judgment 
merge  so  completely  that  we  cannot  understand  one  with¬ 
out  the  other.  The  prayer  language  of  the  Bible  knows 
the  God  of  judgment  and  justice  who  is  at  the  very  same 
instant  the  God  of  kindness  and  forgiveness. 

Dietrich  Bonhoeffer  put  it  this  way:  “We  cannot  hear 
the  last  word  until  we  have  heard  the  next  to  the  last 
word.”1  With  prayer  we  journey  with  our  Judge  and  our 
Redeemer,  and  the  fact  that  the  God  of  the  Bible  is  both 


40 


Prayer — Between  Friends 


Judge  and  Savior  makes  a  difference  in  the  way  we  pray. 
The  One  to  whom  we  pray  understands  who  we  really 
are.  This  total  understanding  is  the  personal  significance 
for  us  of  the  righteous  judgment  of  the  God  of  the  Bible. 
Like  a  great  physician,  this  doctor  really  understands  the 
full  extent  of  the  health  crisis  we  face.  For  that  very 
reason  he  is  more  useful  to  us  than  the  one  who  has 
misread  the  symptoms,  even  though  the  less-informed 
doctor  may  have  happier  things  to  say  to  us. 

I  would  rather  hear  the  blunt  and  salty  truth  about 
myself,  if  the  one  who  speaks  can  also  help  me  find  an¬ 
swers.  Only  when  no  answers  exist  would  I  prefer  to  hear 
only  the  happier  words.  In  both  the  Old  Testament  and 
New  Testament  we  hear  the  language  of  grace  and  real¬ 
ism,  of  God’s  truthful  judgment  and  of  his  kindly  salva¬ 
tion. 

Now  we  move  into  the  world  of  the  New  Testament 
writers  and  speakers.  As  they  express  their  teaching  on 
prayer,  we  observe  how  the  deep  strands  of  the  Old  Tes¬ 
tament  prayer  experience  emerge  through  New  Testa¬ 
ment  Greek. 

While  the  writers  of  the  New  Testament  wrote  in  first- 
century  Greek,  they  thought  in  terms  of  the  ancient  and 
deeply  rooted  Hebrew  of  the  Old  Testament.  Interesting 
proof  of  this  pattern  is  found  in  the  Greek  words  chosen 
to  express  the  meaning  and  life  of  prayer  in  the  New 
Testament.  In  order  to  understand  this  it  will  be  helpful 
to  begin  our  study  before  the  New  Testament  documents 
were  written  and  focus  on  an  event  that  occurred  around 
100  b.c.,  in  Alexandria,  Egypt. 

Coining  a  New  Word 

At  this  time  a  group  of  Jewish  rabbis  translated  the 
Hebrew  Old  Testament  into  Greek,  because  the  majority 


The  Language  of  Relationship 


41 


of  the  Jews  in  Palestine  and  throughout  the  Mediterra¬ 
nean  basin  needed  to  have  their  Scriptures  in  the  lan¬ 
guage  commonly  in  use  throughout  the  world.  The  Greek 
text  these  scholars  produced  is  known  as  the  Septuagint 
because,  according  to  tradition,  seventy  rabbis  became 
involved  in  the  work. 

The  Septuagint  had  a  profound  effect  on  the  New  Tes¬ 
tament  Greek  vocabulary.  For  example,  the  classical 
Greek  word  for  “pray”  at  that  time,  euchomai ,  literally 
meant  “to  strike  a  bargain”  with  deity  and  described 
making  a  religious  vow  or  a  request  acceptable  to  the 
gods  of  Greek  mythology.  This  limited  understanding 
served  the  purpose  well  in  places  like  Job  22:27  ( italics 
mine),  “You  will  pray  to  him,  and  he  will  hear  you,  and 
you  will  pay  your  vows ,”  and  the  translator  of  Malachi 
1:14  also  used  euchomai ,  “Cursed  be  the  cheat  who  has  a 
male  in  the  flock  and  vows  to  give  it  .  .  .”  ( italics  mine). 

But  when  the  Septuagint  rabbis  wanted  to  more  fully 
translate  the  rich  meaning  of  the  Old  Testament  word  for 
“pray,”  they  had  to  coin  a  new  word,  proseuchomai.  The 
prefix  pros  means  “to”  or  “toward.”  Adding  the  prefix  to 
the  classical  word  shifted  the  focus  of  the  meaning  away 
from  the  act  of  praying  toward  the  One  to  whom  we  pray. 
In  this  way  euchomai  is  reduced  in  status  to  the  rank  of 
a  mild  synonym,  except  where  it  is  used  in  its  generic 
sense  of  “vow.” 

New  Testament  Usage.  The  New  Testament  writ¬ 
ers  carefully  followed  the  lead  of  the  Septuagint  rabbis. 
For  example,  they  used  the  classical  term  in  Acts  18:18, 
where  Luke  speaks  of  Paul  cutting  his  hair  because  “he 
was  under  a  vow.”  However,  the  word  used  overwhelm¬ 
ingly  for  “pray”  in  the  New  Testament  is  proseuchomai. 
“Pray  toward”  is  the  intent  of  Jesus’  words  in  the  Sermon 


42 


Prayer — Between  Friends 


on  the  Mount  when  he  says,  “  ‘When  you  are  praying,  do 
not  heap  up  empty  phrases  as  the  Gentiles  do;  for  they 
think  they  will  be  heard  because  of  their  many  words.  Do 
not  be  like  them,  for  your  Father  knows  what  you  need 
before  you  ask  him.  Pray  then  in  this  way:  Our  Father  in 
heaven,  hallowed  be  your  name  . . .’  ”  (Matthew  6:7-9). 

In  addition  other  Greek  words  are  joined  together  to 
describe  the  same  five  kinds  of  prayer  found  in  the  Old 
Testament  vocabulary.  First,  there  are  the  praise  words. 
Chara  means  “rejoice,”  as  in  Paul’s  instructions  to  the 
Christians  at  Philippi,  “Rejoice  in  the  Lord  always;  again 
I  will  say,  Rejoice”  (Philippians  4:4).  And  eucharisteo , 
translated  “thanksgiving,”  is  used  when  Paul  says  to  the 
Philippian  Christians,  “I  thank  my  God  every  time  I  re¬ 
member  you”  (Philippians  1:3).  This  word  has  a  robust, 
songlike  character  to  it,  very  much  like  the  song  words  of 
the  Old  Testament  Hebrew. 

Two  asking  words  for  prayer  appear  throughout  the 
New  Testament.  Aiteo  means  “to  want  something,  to 
ask.”  This  is  the  word  Jesus  gave  to  his  disciples  when  he 
said,  “  ‘On  that  day  you  will  ask  in  my  name  . . .’”  (John 
16:26).  An  even  stronger  verb,  erotao ,  means  to  ask  or 
beg.  This  word  was  used  by  the  Greek  visitors  who  told 
Philip,  “  ‘Sir,  we  wish  to  see  Jesus’  ”  (John  12:21).  Paul 
used  this  word  in  the  deeply  moving  prayer  narrative 
about  his  thorn  in  the  flesh,  “Three  times  I  appealed  to 
the  Lord  about  this  ...”  (2  Corinthians  12:8). 

The  Greek  prayer  word  krazo  literally  means  “to  cry” 
and  conveys  the  idea  of  crying  for  help.  The  Apostle  Paul 
uses  this  word  in  writing  to  the  Roman  Christians,  “.  . . 
When  we  cry  ‘Abba!  Father!’  it  is  that  very  Spirit  bearing 
witness  with  our  spirit  that  we  are  children  of  God”  (Ro¬ 
mans  8:15,  16).  And  the  same  “Abba!  Father!”  cry  re- 


The  Language  of  Relationship 


43 


echoes  in  Paul’s  letter  to  the  Christians  in  Galatia 
(Galatians  4:6). 

The  Greek  prayer  word  proskuneo  also  strongly  echoes 
the  Old  Testament.  It  means  “to  bow”  and  is  used  in  a 
decisive  way  in  the  fourth  Gospel,  where  it  is  translated 
by  the  English  word  “worship”:  “But  the  hour  is  coming, 
and  is  now  here,  when  the  true  worshipers  will  worship 
the  Father  in  spirit  and  truth,  for  the  Father  seeks  such 
as  these  to  worship  him”  (John  4:23). 

We’ll  mention  two  more  words  that  are  used  for  prayer. 
Epikaleo  means  “to  call  and  express  confession.”  This  ap¬ 
pears  in  the  story  of  Ananias  of  Damascus,  when  the 
Lord  told  him  about  Saul  of  Tarsus,  who  was  on  Straight 
Street,  waiting  for  deliverance  from  the  blindness  that 
had  struck  him  when  the  Lord  spoke  to  him  on  the  Da¬ 
mascus  road.  In  response  to  the  Lord’s  instructions,  Ana¬ 
nias  said,  “Lord,  I  have  heard  from  many  about  this  man, 
how  much  evil  he  has  done  to  your  saints  in  Jerusalem; 
and  here  he  has  authority  ...  to  bind  all  who  invoke 
[“who  call  upon,”  epikaleo ]  your  name”  (Acts  9:13,  14). 
Finally,  we  have  deomai,  which  is  used  to  express  specific 
prayer  requests.  Paul  uses  this  word  in  writing  to  the 
Christians  at  Philippi,  “Do  not  worry  about  anything, 
but  in  everything  by  prayer  and  supplication  with 
thanksgiving  let  your  requests  be  made  known  to  God” 
(Philippians  4:6). 

As  we  observed  in  our  examination  of  the  Old  Testa¬ 
ment  prayer  words,  vocabulary  has  no  life  of  its  own, 
apart  from  its  use  in  sentences  and  paragraphs.  If  we  are 
to  understand  what  prayer  means  in  the  Bible,  we  must 
watch  the  words  as  they  connect  with  life.  When  we  see 
people  pray  and  when  we  listen  closely  to  our  Lord  as  he 
teaches  his  followers  about  prayer,  we  will  learn  the 


44 


Prayer — Between  Friends 


meaning  of  prayer  and  understand  it  as  the  language  of 
our  friendship  with  him. 

Praying  Toward  the  Lord 

There  remains  one  more  part  of  the  puzzle.  To  really  un¬ 
derstand  prayer,  we  must  begin  ourselves  to  pray  toward 
the  Lord.  When  we  are  doing  that,  we  will  perceive  with 
greater  clarity  what  we  mean  when  we  praise,  when  we 
call  for  help,  when  we  ask,  when  we  think  through  human 
concerns  with  God,  and  when  we  bow  in  worship — 
accepting  God’s  will  as  we  pray  in  Jesus’  name.  In  this 
way,  we  will  learn  ourselves  firsthand  about  praying  to¬ 
ward  the  Lord  as  we  actually  do  it. 


Part  II 


The  Nature  of  the 
Friendship 


4 


The  Prayer-Songs  of  Our 

Lives 


If  you  want  to  get  to  know  me  as  a  person  better,  one 
of  the  very  best  ways  is  to  hear  the  songs  that  have  in¬ 
fluenced  my  life.  In  my  childhood  my  father  sang  to 
our  family,  songs  that  made  me  feel  secure.  I  especially 
remember  “Bye  Baby  Bunting”  and  “Old  Spinning 
Wheel.”  Hymns  such  as  “Jesus  Loves  Me”  and  the 
Christmas  carols  made  a  strong  impression  on  my  life 
from  the  earliest  days,  before  I  was  consciously  a  Chris¬ 
tian  believer. 

During  my  high-school  years  my  favorite  song  was  the 
slow  waltz  “Dream,”  because  that  was  always  the  last  one 
played  at  our  school  dances.  In  college  the  brash  and 
boldly  rhythmic  big  bands  were  my  favorite.  At  this  time 
I  also  began  a  lifelong  love  affair  with  Broadway 
musicals — I  enjoyed  music  that  told  a  story.  Classical  mu¬ 
sic  became  important  to  me  while  I  was  a  student  in  col¬ 
lege.  And  Handel’s  Messiah  completely  won  me  body  and 


48 


Prayer — Between  Friends 


soul  before  I  understood  its  profound  biblical  message.  To¬ 
day  my  favorites  include  music  by  composers  like  Tchai¬ 
kovsky,  Grieg,  Rachmaninoff,  Gershwin,  Beethoven, 
Mozart,  and  Bach. 

Now  that  my  children  are  young  adults,  I  can  see  that 
my  favorite  music  has  become  their  music.  Many  of  the 
songs  they  call  their  own  are  the  ones  they  learned  from 
their  mother  and  me.  Their  music  has  become  mine  as 
well.  You  can  tell  my  story  and  the  story  of  our  family  by 
the  songs  and  hymns  that  have  traveled  with  us  in  good 
times  and  hard  times  and  all  the  average  day-to-day 
times  in  between. 

Songs  Tell  a  Story 

Even  as  songs  reveal  part  of  the  story  of  who  people 
are,  they  also  tell  the  story  of  nations  and  civilizations. 
This  is  certainly  true  in  coming  to  a  better  understand¬ 
ing  of  the  history  of  the  United  States.  First  came  the 
early  songs  sung  by  native  Americans  around  village 
campfires.  Then  followed  the  songs  introduced  by  early 
European  colonists,  songs  that  emerged  through  the 
American  Revolutionary  War.  These  are  followed  by 
songs  that  told  the  story  of  a  growing  and  expanding 
nation. 

Our  history  is  enriched  by  the  spirituals  sung  by  the 
African-American  slaves  and  by  the  antislavery  songs 
that  spoke  of  deliverance.  Songs  and  hymns  emerged 
through  the  great  religious  awakening — the  revivals— 
of  the  late  1800s.  Patriotic  songs  of  the  First  and  Second 
World  Wars  followed.  The  American  scene  comes  to  life 
through  jazz,  the  blues,  cowboy  melodies,  country  music, 
and  beloved  gospel  songs.  Yes,  we  can  learn  a  great  deal 


The  Prayer-Songs  of  Our  Lives 


49 


about  ourselves  and  our  heritage  by  listening  to  the  mu¬ 
sic  that  has  held  our  attention  and  given  us  feelings  of  joy 
and  well-being. 


The  Bible  and  Its  Prayer-Songs 

In  a  similar  way,  the  people  of  our  Bible — the  Old  and 
New  Testaments — were  passionately  influenced  by  the 
prayer-songs,  that  were  so  much  a  part  of  their  history. 
The  Book  of  Psalms,  the  prayer-song  book  of  the  Old 
Testament,  tells  about  God  and  his  actions  in  human 
history.  In  this  magnificent  collection  we  are  able  to  par¬ 
ticipate  in  their  hopes,  their  fears,  their  successes  and 
defeats. 

Not  only  in  the  Book  of  Psalms  do  we  find  songs  and 
prayer-songs  in  Scripture.  From  the  Book  of  Job  to  the 
Book  of  Revelation — throughout  our  entire  Bible,  in 
fact — we  find  grand  songs  and  chorales  and  prayer-songs 
of  praise,  hope,  worry,  complaint,  and  trust.  In  the  objec¬ 
tive  prayer-songs  God  has  revealed  himself  and  his  char¬ 
acter. 

A  second  group  of  prayer-songs  are  subjective.  These 
tell  stories — sometimes  joyous,  other  times  stormy — of 
our  own  journey  of  faith,  of  our  personal  reactions  to 
that  journey,  and  of  our  personal  experiences  with  God’s 
character,  as  well  as  our  experience  with  the  world  in 
which  we  live.  For  example,  Psalm  107  tells  four  short 
stories  about  people  who  wandered  around  in  the 
desert,  who  were  in  prison,  who  were  sick,  and  who 
were  caught  in  devastating  storms.  In  each  instance  the 
Psalmist  writes  that  they  “cried  to  the  Lord  in  their 
trouble,  and  he  delivered  them  from  their  distress” 
(Psalm  107:6,  13,  19,  28). 


50 


Prayer — Between  Friends 


A  third  group  of  prayer-songs  are  those  of  intercession: 
“To  you,  O  Lord,  I  lift  up  my  soul,”  writes  David  in  Psalm 
25.  “O  my  God,  in  you  I  trust;  do  not  let  me  be  put  to 
shame;  do  not  let  my  enemies  exult  over  me.”  These 
prayer-songs  of  request  combine  both  objective  and  sub¬ 
jective  feelings.  Here  David  expressed  his  personal  con¬ 
dition,  “. .  .  I  am  lonely  and  afflicted.  Relieve  the  troubles 
of  my  heart . .  .”  (Psalm  25:16,  17).  At  the  same  time  he 
expressed  his  objective  convictions  about  the  character  of 
God:  “Good  and  upright  is  the  Lord;  therefore  he  instructs 
sinners  in  the  way”  (Psalm  25:8). 

A  fourth  group  of  prayer-songs  might  be  labeled  the 
songs  of  joy — the  shouting  songs.  Here,  too,  we  have  a 
response  to  the  character  of  God.  An  example  is  found  in 
the  opening  words  of  Psalm  147,  “Praise  the  Lord!  How 
good  it  is  to  sing  praises  to  our  God;  for  he  is  gracious, 
and  a  song  of  praise  is  fitting.” 

In  vivid  contrast  to  these  are  the  grieving  prayer- 
songs,  or  those  of  lamentation — the  uncomfortable  and 
angry-sounding  prayer-songs  of  the  Old  Testament.  A 
striking  example  of  these  is  found  in  Psalm  137,  “By 
the  rivers  of  Babylon — there  we  sat  down  and  there  we 
wept  when  we  remembered  Zion. . . .  For  there  our  cap- 
tors  asked  us  for  songs  . . . ,  ‘Sing  us  one  of  the  songs  of 
Zion!’  How  could  we  sing  the  Lord’s  song  in  a  foreign 
land?” 

There  are  also  the  hosanna  prayer-songs,  literally  the 
“help,  please,”  the  “cry  for  help”  songs.  David  writes, 
“Save  me,  O  God,  by  your  name,  and  vindicate  me  by 
your  might.  Hear  my  prayer,  O  God.  . .  .  For  the  insolent 
have  risen  against  me,  the  ruthless  seek  my  life;  they  do 
not  set  God  before  them”  (Psalm  54:1-3). 

Finally,  there  are  the  prayer-songs  of  meditation,  the 
haga  prayers,  the  songs  of  humming.  Here,  we  hum  over 


The  Prayer-Songs  of  Our  Lives 


51 


in  our  heads  and  hearts  the  great  themes  of  God’s  char¬ 
acter.  A  magnificent  haga  prayer-song  finds  expression 
in  Psalm  23,  “The  Lord  is  my  shepherd,  I  shall  not 
want.  .  .  .” 

It  is  important  to  note  that  within  the  New  Testa¬ 
ment  writings  the  most-quoted  Old  Testament  selec¬ 
tions  are  the  prayer  poetry  of  the  Book  of  Psalms.  These 
quotations  become  fundamental  building  blocks  in  New 
Testament  teaching.  The  messianic  claims  of  Jesus  are 
founded  upon  the  words  of  the  psalmic  prayer-songs  as 
much  as  upon  the  writings  of  law  and  prophecy. 

For  example,  in  Matthew  21  we  have  the  narrative  of 
our  Lord  in  a  tense  moment  when  his  messiahship  was 
severely  contested.  Contained  in  this  moving  scene  is  one 
of  the  most  important  theological  speeches  Jesus  ever 
gave — a  discourse  carefully  built  upon  quotations  from 
the  Psalms.  Here  Jesus  said,  “  ‘Have  you  never  read  in 
the  scriptures:  “The  stone  that  the  builders  rejected  has 
become  the  cornerstone;  this  was  the  Lord’s  doing,  and  it 
is  amazing  in  our  eyes”?’  ”  (Matthew  21:42). 

Here  Jesus  utilized  words  from  Psalm  118:22,  23,  that 
section  of  the  Psalms  the  Jews  called  the  Hallel  (Psalms 
113-118).  They  were  the  most  important  group  of  public 
prayers  used  for  Jewish  worship  in  the  Old  Testament, 
and  they  were  sung  during  such  high  feasts  as  Passover 
and  the  Feast  of  Tabernacles.  Jesus  quoted  decisively 
from  these  prayers  and  built  his  messianic  claim  upon 
the  promises  and  predictions  found  within  the  Hallel ,  as 
he  identified  himself  as  “the  chief  cornerstone,”  the  one 
the  builders  rejected. 

The  most  famous  of  all  psalmic  prayer  quotations  in 
the  New  Testament  was  uttered  by  our  Lord  during  his 
darkest  hour  on  the  cross:  “  ‘My  God,  my  God,  why  have 
you  forsaken  me?  .  .  .’”  This  is  one  of  the  few  places  in 


52 


Prayer — Between  Friends 


the  New  Testament  where  the  Gospel  writers  record  Je¬ 
sus  speaking  in  Aramaic,  the  northern  dialect  of  his 
youth.  The  people  of  Judah,  who  were  standing  around 
the  cross  did  not  understand  Jesus’  Aramaic  quotation 
from  the  opening  words  of  Psalm  22  and  thought  he  in¬ 
stead  was  asking  for  Elijah.  But  this  was  not  the  case,  as 
in  his  agony  Jesus  called  out  to  his  heavenly  Father  in 
the  language  of  his  boyhood. 

Psalm  103 

A  Prayer-Song  of  Worship.  It  is  important  to 
our  understanding  of  these  psalmic  prayer-songs  for  us 
to  remember  that  all  the  subjective  ones  have  their 
foundation  secured  in  the  objective  ones.  Remember,  an 
objective  psalm  states  great  facts  about  who  God  is;  the 
objective  affirmation  also  has  a  profoundly  subjective  el¬ 
ement,  simply  because  objective  truth  always  creates  a 
strong  subjective  response  when  we  really  believe  what 
we  sing  and  pray.  But  before  we  either  praise  God  or 
cry  out  to  him  for  help,  we  depend  upon  the  founda¬ 
tional  truth  that  God  stands  beneath  every  prayer- 
song.  In  coming  to  a  clearer  understanding  of  this 
truth,  let’s  take  a  close  look  at  a  classic  example  of  an 
objective  psalm: 

Bless  the  Lord,  O  my  soul, 

and  all  that  is  within  me,  bless  his  holy  name. 
Bless  the  Lord,  O  my  soul, 
and  do  not  forget  all  his  benefits — 
who  forgives  all  your  iniquity, 
who  heals  all  your  diseases, 
who  redeems  your  life  from  the  Pit, 


The  Prayer-Songs  of  Our  Lives 


53 


who  crowns  you  with  steadfast  love  and  mercy, 
who  satisfies  you  with  good  as  long  as  you  live 
so  that  your  youth  is  renewed  like  the  eagle’s. 

Psalm  103:1-5 

Now,  this  psalm  begins  with  the  word  bless,  translated 
from  the  Hebrew  word  barak ,  which  means  “to  bow.”  In 
other  words,  this  actually  reads,  “I  bow  to  the  Lord  and  to 
his  holy  name.”  As  we  have  seen,  “bless”  is  a  word  for 
worship,  and  this  psalm  begins  and  ends  with  that 
thought. 

Next,  we  ask,  “Why  does  David  bow  before  the  Lord?” 
He  does,  we  read,  because  God  forgives  all  our  iniqui¬ 
ties,  because  he  heals  all  of  our  diseases,  and  because 
he  redeems  our  lives  from  the  Pit.  Notice  now  that 
David  is  recounting  the  objective  and  durable  facts 
about  God.  God  crowns  us  with  steadfast  love  and 
mercy.  And  he  is  the  One  who  satisfies  us  with  good  as 
long  as  we  live  so  that  our  youth  is  renewed  like  the 
eagle’s. 

About  three  hundred  years  after  David  wrote  this 
psalm,  the  Book  of  Isaiah  was  written.  Yet  if  we  read 
Psalm  103:15,  we  see  its  influence  upon  Isaiah,  40:6,  “. . . 
All  people  are  grass. .  . .”  Then  notice  the  similarity  be¬ 
tween  the  final  paragraph  of  this  chapter  of  Isaiah  and 
Psalm  103:5.  The  prophet  writes:  “Even  youths  will  faint 
and  be  weary,  and  the  young  will  fall  exhausted;  but 
those  who  wait  for  the  Lord  shall  renew  their  strength, 
they  shall  mount  up  with  wings  like  eagles  .  . (Isaiah 
40:30,  31).  From  this  literary  comparison,  we  can  begin 
to  see  how  many  Old  Testament  prophets  built  songs  and 
prayers  upon  the  Book  of  Psalms’  foundation. 


54 


Prayer — Between  Friends 


God’s  Acts  on  Behalf  of  the  Oppressed.  In  the 
second  movement  of  Psalm  103,  verses  6-14,  we  are  told 
that  the  Lord  acts  in  vindication  and  judgment  for  all 
oppressed  people.  Note  the  wording  of  this  magnificent 
prayer-song: 

The  Lord  works  vindication 
and  justice  for  all  who  are  oppressed. 

He  made  known  his  ways  to  Moses, 
his  acts  to  the  people  of  Israel. 

The  Lord  is  merciful  and  gracious, 
slow  to  anger  and  abounding  in  steadfast  love. 

He  will  not  always  accuse, 
nor  will  he  keep  his  anger  forever. 

He  does  not  deal  with  us  according  to  our  sins, 
nor  repay  us  according  to  our  iniquities. 

For  as  the  heavens  are  high  above  the  earth, 
so  great  is  his  steadfast  love 
toward  those  who  fear  him; 

as  far  as  the  east  is  from  the  west, 
so  far  he  removes  our  transgressions  from  us. 

As  a  father  has  compassion  for  his  children, 

so  the  Lord  has  compassion  for  those  who  fear  him. 

For  he  knows  how  we  were  made; 
he  remembers  that  we  are  dust. 

Psalm  103:6-14 

Here  we  are  told  the  objective  fact  that  the  Lord  is 
merciful  and  gracious,  and  we  discover  this  truth  about 
God  by  what  he  says  and  by  what  he  does.  Such  a  fun¬ 
damental  truth  will  give  us  confidence  when  we  pray.  I 
have  to  believe  that  the  Apostle  Paul  was  influenced  by 
this  theme  when  he  wrote  these  vivid  words  of  hope  to 
the  Christians  at  Rome: 


The  Prayer-Songs  of  Our  Lives 


55 


Who  will  separate  us  from  the  love  of  Christ?  Will 
hardship,  or  distress,  or  persecution,  or  famine,  or 
nakedness,  or  peril,  or  sword?  As  it  is  written, 

“For  your  sake  we  are  being 
killed  all  day  long; 
we  are  accounted  as  sheep  to 
be  slaughtered.” 

No,  in  all  these  things  we  are  more  than  conquerors 
through  him  who  loved  us.  For  I  am  convinced  that 
neither  death,  nor  life,  nor  angels,  nor  rulers,  nor 
things  present,  nor  things  to  come,  nor  powers,  nor 
height,  nor  depth,  nor  anything  else  in  all  creation, 
will  be  able  to  separate  us  from  the  love  of  God  in 
Christ  Jesus  our  Lord. 

Romans  8:35-39 

Our  Weakness  Versus  God’s  Generosity.  The 
next  movement  of  Psalm  103  contrasts  the  frailty  of  peo¬ 
ple  with  the  God  who  loves  his  children  and  gives  them 
good  gifts: 

As  for  mortals,  their  days  are  like  grass; 

they  flourish  like  a  flower  of  the  field; 
for  the  wind  passes  over  it,  and  it  is  gone, 
and  its  place  knows  it  no  more. 

But  the  steadfast  love  of  the  Lord  is  from  everlasting 
to  everlasting  on  those  who  fear  him, 
and  his  righteousness  to  children’s  children, 
to  those  who  keep  his  covenant  and  remember 
to  do  his  commandments. 

Psalm  103:15-18 

At  the  same  time  this  is  a  psalm  about  the  law.  It  is 
about  God’s  will  and  our  responsibility  to  obey  the  reve¬ 
lation  of  his  will.  Further,  it  speaks  about  God’s  faith- 


56 


Prayer — Between  Friends 


fulness  and  love.  We  also  catch  the  contrast  between 
God’s  strength  and  our  frailty  as  the  psalm  writer  com¬ 
pares  the  human  family  to  grass  that  is  here  today  and 
gone  tomorrow.  Our  lives  lack  permanence  in  them¬ 
selves,  but  the  character  and  promises  of  God  stand  for¬ 
ever. 

God’s  Stability  in  a  Changing  World.  In  the  fi¬ 
nal  movement  of  this  powerful  prayer-song  the  psalmist 
writes: 

The  Lord  has  established  his  throne  in  the  heavens, 
and  his  kingdom  rules  over  all. 

Bless  the  Lord,  O  you  his  angels, 
you  mighty  ones  who  do  his  bidding, 
obedient  to  his  spoken  word. 

Bless  the  Lord,  all  his  hosts, 
his  ministers  that  do  his  will. 

Bless  the  Lord,  all  his  works, 
in  all  places  of  his  dominion. 

Bless  the  Lord,  O  my  soul. 

Psalm  103:19-22 

In  these  concluding  sentences  we  have  a  prayer-song 
of  very  deep  feeling  that  is  objective  in  form  and  content 
as  the  writer  describes  the  fundamental  issue  of  God’s 
stability  in  a  world  of  change. 

Wanted!  A  Personal  Response.  As  we  reflect  on 
this  psalmic  prayer-song,  we  will  do  well  to  ask,  “How 
should  we  respond  to  this  psalm?  What  does  this  prayer- 
song  say  to  us  about  our  own  prayers?”  To  bring  my  own 
reflections  into  sharper  focus,  I  must  ask,  “Is  this  the 
prayer-song  of  my  life?  Would  I  have  written  something 


The  Prayer-Songs  of  Our  Lives 


57 


like  this?”  Indeed,  these  penetrating  questions  call  for 
prayerful  response! 

Our  family  has  always  enjoyed  playing  the  game  Triv¬ 
ial  Pursuit .  Recently  I  was  stumped  by  a  question  about 
when  the  Olympic  Games  were  held  in  Mexico  City.  This 
lapse  disturbed  me,  because  I  have  always  been  an  avid 
follower  of  the  various  Olympic  contests.  Then  I  realized 
that  while  Olympic  dates  of  themselves  are  interesting, 
they  are  not  permanently  memorable.  In  fact,  every  hu¬ 
man  date  and  event  is  in  the  final  analysis  like  the  blade 
of  grass  spoken  of  in  the  psalm — like  grass  they  finally 
fade  away.  Sooner  or  later  the  games  we  play  and  the 
game  scores  fade  from  our  memories.  Because  of  this  uni¬ 
versal  “memory  fade-out”  we  need  objective  psalmic 
prayer-songs  in  our  lives  that  remind  us  of  a  reality  not 
like  yesterday’s  statistics — faded  if  not  totally  forgotten. 

This  leads  me  to  narrow  my  question  even  further,  “Do 
I  have  objective  prayer-songs  for  my  life?  Or  do  I  rely 
primarily  on  ‘feeling’  prayer-songs?”  If  my  response  in¬ 
dicates  that  my  prayer-songs  center  mostly  on  my  feel¬ 
ings,  I  am  forced  to  confront  this  objective  question, 
“What  is  true  today  or  tomorrow,  regardless  of  how  I 
feel?”  The  answer  comes  through  to  me  loud  and  clear 
that  Psalm  103  lays  before  me  the  eternal  truth  so  es¬ 
sential  to  my  existence:  We  may  be  like  the  grass  the 
psalmist  speaks  of;  but  two  things  remain  durable — God’s 
justice/truth  and  his  love/forgiveness  are  facts  that  will 
stand  for  all  time.  These  give  eternal  meaning  to  friend¬ 
ship  with  God. 

I  am  convinced  that  we  all  need  both  durable  prayer- 
songs  and  the  up-and-down  subjective  ones.  We  live  ev¬ 
eryday  with  ups  and  downs.  In  the  midst  of  these,  we 
need  objective  reality  that  stands  when  everything  else 


58 


Prayer — Between  Friends 


is  dried  out  by  the  winds  that  plague  our  human  exist¬ 
ence.  Unless  prayer  has  godward  objectiveness,  it  is 
only  an  inner  attitude  exercise  of  religious  sentiment 
and  feeling. 

That  is  what  pros ,  the  “toward”  prefix,  in  proseucho- 
mai ,  “pray  toward,”  is  all  about.  The  Septuagint  trans¬ 
lators,  over  two  thousand  years  ago,  understood  the 
importance  of  using  prayer  words  that  would  shift  our 
attention  away  from  a  preoccupation  with  techniques  of 
prayer  toward  “to  whom”  we  pray.  Without  the  God 
who  is  really  there,  our  prayers  would  only  be  interior 
mood  changes  with  a  religious  flavor.  Imagine!  He  who 
made  the  marvel  of  the  human  ear  is  himself  able  to 
hear  our  prayers!  This  means  that  prayer  is  profoundly 
personal,  for  God  is  personal,  and  at  the  very  core  of 
this  communication  reality  is  his  living  personhood  and 
character. 

At  the  same  time  the  prayer-songs  of  the  Bible  are 
wonderfully  subjective  as  well.  The  prayers  of  the  Book  of 
Psalms  and  those  throughout  all  of  the  Bible  resonate 
with  our  own  lives.  At  times  they  do  so  with  more  accu¬ 
racy  than  any  other  part  of  Scripture. 

A  friend  told  me  that  during  a  very  difficult  period  in 
his  life  the  only  part  of  Scripture  he  could  read  was  the 
Bible’s  prayer-song  book — the  Psalms.  Their  rhythm  of 
realism  and  hope  and  their  honest  admission  of  grief 
mixed  with  praise  nourished  him.  This  book  of  prayer 
met  him  at  the  point  of  his  deepest  need,  of  his  deepest 
feelings.  His  choice  to  live  in  the  Psalms  was  right,  for 
there  he  saw  who  God  is.  The  surprise  for  him  was  that 
he  met  the  objective  Lord  of  grace  and  truth  at  the  core  of 
these  highly  personal  and  honest  prayer-songs  of  the 
soul. 

When  we  pray,  God  invites  us  to  enter  into  the  vast 


The  Prayer-Songs  of  Our  Lives 


59 


cathedral  of  great  objective  truths  about  himself.  We  dis¬ 
cover  the  deeply  personal  language  of  our  friendship  with 
God  and  participate  in  the  reality  that  “the  steadfast  love 
of  the  Lord  is  from  everlasting  to  everlasting.  .  .”  (Psalm 
103:17) 


5 


Prayer  and  Meditation:  Keys 

to  Survival 


In  these  closing  days  of  the  twentieth  century  we  live 
in  the  convenience  of  a  communication  revolution,  and 
one  symbol  of  this  massive  change  is  the  VCR— a  ma¬ 
chine  that  is  drastically  altering  the  life-style  of  millions 
of  families.  With  this  marvelous  contraption  you  can  at¬ 
tend  an  evening  church  meeting  or  the  PTA  and  not  miss 
your  favorite  television  program.  At  one  time  a  missed 
program  was  gone  forever,  but  not  now. 

Between  television  and  the  VCR  we  are  caught  in  a 
massive  communications  overload  that  can  so  easily  ab¬ 
sorb  every  waking  moment.  In  times  of  crisis,  with  the 
aid  of  satellites  and  movie  films,  we  instantly  become 
involved  in  news  in  the  Middle  East  or  Asia  or  Africa. 
With  the  amazing  array  of  modern  communication  tech¬ 
nology,  we  also  become  participants  in  events  occurring 
in  the  outreaches  of  space. 

Never  before  have  people  been  subjected  to  both  the 


62 


Prayer — Between  Friends 


marvel  and  the  curse  of  our  current  communication  and 
media  capabilities.  So  how  do  we  cope?  How  do  we  live  in 
a  world  where  there  is  so  much  media  stimulus?  How  do 
we  make  sense  out  of  our  twenty-four-hour  days  and 
maintain  our  perspective  in  the  midst  of  the  colossal  flood 
of  impressions  that  stagger  our  minds  and  emotions?  How 
do  we  steer  a  course  through  all  of  this  and  still  arrive  at 
the  most  important  goals  of  our  lives?  How  do  we  arrive 
at  the  end  of  each  day  with  a  handle  on  who  we  are  as 
Christians,  as  husbands  or  wives  or  parents  or  friends? 


The  Focus  Principle 

Confronting  the  art  of  creative  living  in  an  electronic 
age  is  not  unlike  the  challenge  that  faces  an  Olympic 
athlete  in  gymnastic  events.  For  both  balance  is  so  cru¬ 
cial.  Watching  a  gymnast  performing  on  parallel  bars  in 
a  huge  stadium,  packed  with  a  noisy  and  enthusiastic 
crowd,  I  always  feel  awe.  Uppermost  in  my  mind  is  the 
question,  How  does  a  gymnast  execute  those  precise  rou¬ 
tines  in  the  middle  of  such  confusion ? 

Closer  to  home,  I  have  often  wondered  how,  just  mo¬ 
ments  before  closing  time,  my  mechanic  can  diagnose  the 
mysterious  ailment  plaguing  my  car.  Then  there’s  the 
surgeon  who  performs  a  delicate  operation,  sometimes 
even  under  a  microscope,  in  the  glare  of  blinding  lights 
and  in  front  of  restless  medical  students.  We’ve  all  ob¬ 
served  the  secretary  working  doggedly  to  complete  a  pri¬ 
ority  project  while  being  constantly  interrupted  by 
telephone  calls. 

How  do  these  “ordinary”  people  accomplish  their  tasks 
under  such  high-pressure  circumstances?  The  answer  is 
not  all  that  complicated:  They  do  what  they  have  to  do, 
irrespective  of  their  surroundings,  by  focusing  their  at- 


Prayer  and  Meditation:  Keys  to  Survival 


63 


tention  and  concentration  upon  a  few  important  tasks. 
These  people  have  learned  how  to  “major  on  the  majors 
and  minor  on  the  minors”  by  putting  any  distracting  el¬ 
ements  out  of  their  minds. 

In  talking  with  some  of  my  scuba-diving  friends,  I 
learned  that  a  diver  can  so  easily  become  disoriented  fifty 
feet  below  the  surface.  Believe  me,  this  would  be  no  time 
to  panic,  so  every  diver  is  trained  to  remember  three 
things:  Look  for  your  partner,  search  the  water  for  his  or 
her  air  bubbles,  and  then  ascend  slowly.  Everything  else, 
especially  sickening  waves  of  panic,  must  be  put  out  of 
the  diver’s  mind  in  favor  of  the  most  important  facts. 

The  truth  is  that  most  of  us  can  handle  any  pressure 
when  we  learn  to  focus,  and  this  principle  can  transform 
our  prayer  life.  Our  study  of  the  prayers  and  prayer- 
songs  of  the  Bible  is  so  important  to  our  own  prayer  jour¬ 
ney,  because  these  prayers  and  prayer-songs  focus  on 
God’s  character,  on  objective  truth. 

At  the  same  time,  though,  these  prayers  contain  a 
subjective  element,  describing  our  feelings  and  ex¬ 
periences — those  common  to  our  daily  struggle  for  mean¬ 
ing.  When  we  read  a  prayer-song  about  grief  or  fear  or 
joy,  we  identify  with  the  psalmist’s  words  and  feelings. 
When  we  subjectively  examine  our  complaints,  our  grief, 
our  joy,  our  hurt  of  any  kind — all  of  which  may  be  valid — 
they  must  fit  into  a  larger  framework — the  objective 
foundation  of  God’s  nature.  Otherwise  they  may  cause  us 
to  be  distracted  at  a  time  of  vulnerability. 

I’ve  realized  that  it  is  impossible  for  me  to  keep  per¬ 
spective  when  I  become  the  center  of  my  own  attention. 
Instead  I  need  a  plan  for  focusing,  for  maintaining  a 
proper  perspective.  Each  of  us  must  catch  the  truth  that 
meditation  in  the  Bible  is  in  reality  the  simple  act  of 
focusing.  The  psalmist  expressed  it,  “Let  the  words  of  my 


64 


Prayer — Between  Friends 


mouth  and  the  meditation  of  my  heart  be  acceptable  to 
you,  O  Lord,  my  rock  and  my  redeemer”  (Psalm  19:14, 
italics  mine). 

As  we  seek  to  understand  what  meditation  means  in 
our  individual  prayer  journeys,  we  must  abolish  the  idea 
that  it  means  emptying  our  minds.  Some  seminars  and 
self-realization  courses  have  tried  to  sell  us  on  the  myth 
that  when  we  are  under  stress  we  should  shift  our  minds 
into  neutral:  We  are  to  relax  and  coast  and  clear  our 
minds  completely. 

When  I  have  become  particularly  fatigued  or  over¬ 
loaded  with  pressure,  a  natural  inclination  has  encour¬ 
aged  me  to  clear  or  empty  my  mind  of  thoughts  and 
worries.  But  Scripture  describes  a  better  way. 

At  such  times  I  have  learned  I  need  a  mind  that  is  able 
to  focus  on  the  great  truths  about  God’s  character  and  his 
promises,  and  the  Bible’s  prayer-song  book  offers  the 
help  I  need  to  accomplish  this.  The  biblical  teaching 
about  meditation  points  toward  the  great  truths:  We  are 
to  clarify  our  minds  rather  than  empty  them.  Just  as  the 
disoriented  scuba  diver  doesn’t  need  an  empty  mind,  but 
one  focused  on  finding  his  or  her  partner  and  then  fol¬ 
lowing  the  air  bubbles  to  the  surface,  we  need  the  guid¬ 
ance  of  God’s  Word. 

Will  a  parent  facing  a  crisis  with  a  child  who  needs 
assurance  of  love  engage  in  a  mind-emptying  exercise? 
Not  if  he  or  she  has  the  child’s  best  interests  at  heart. 
Instead,  the  parent  needs  a  clear  mind — one  that  imme¬ 
diately  is  present  and  quick  to  give  assurance  of  love  and 
caring.  To  hesitate  or  withdraw  at  such  times  may  well 
result  in  a  missed  opportunity. 

A  Focused  Mind  and  Meditative  Prayer 

A  focused  mind — one  saturated  with  meditative  prayer 
-—helps  us  distinguish  the  important  in  life  from  the  less 


Prayer  and  Meditation:  Keys  to  Survival 


65 


important.  Happily,  the  Bible  offers  us  a  rich  tradition  of 
prayer  as  meditative  focusing,  and  Scripture  includes  a 
great  deal  of  teaching  that  helps  us  understand  and  prac¬ 
tice  the  prayer  of  meditation. 

Psalm  77  is  a  marvelous  prayer-song  in  the  meditation 
tradition  of  the  Bible.  It  gives  us  a  rich  and  diverse  vo¬ 
cabulary  of  focusing  and  shows  us  that  focusing  has  noth¬ 
ing  to  do  with  the  myth  of  emptying  our  minds.  Rather, 
this  psalm  emphasizes  clarifying  our  minds,  attuning 
them  so  we  can  concentrate  on  the  two  or  three  most  vital 
truths  of  the  moment.  Then  we  can  place  our  feelings  in 
the  context  of  those  great  truths. 

The  Feelings  of  a  Prayer-Song  Writer.  In  read¬ 
ing  this  psalm,  we  confront  all  of  the  emotions  of  the 
subjective  psalms;  we  hear  the  psalmist's  complaint  and 
his  cry  of  near  panic;  at  the  beginning,  we  confront  his 
disorientation  as  the  writer  tries  to  express  his  feelings 
in  a  time  of  harrowing  stress. 

Sheer  terror  fills  the  opening  words  of  the  psalm.  But 
gradually,  after  giving  vent  to  anger,  dismay,  and  self¬ 
doubt,  the  writer  remembers  God  and  his  mighty  deeds. 
In  that  remembering,  he  discovers  a  solid  hope.  But  first, 
the  panic: 

I  cry  aloud  to  God, 
aloud  to  God,  that  he  may  hear  me. 

In  the  day  of  my  trouble  I  seek  the  Lord; 
in  the  night  my  hand  is  stretched 
out  without  wearying; 
my  soul  refuses  to  be  comforted. 

Psalm  77:1,  2 

We  catch  an  overpowering  sense  of  catastrophe  here, 
and  the  writer  seems  to  feel  he  must  scream,  if  God  is  to 


66 


Prayer — Between  Friends 


hear  him.  Notice,  he  can’t  relax  at  night  as  he  stretches 
out  his  hand  in  an  effort  to  find  and  touch  God.  In  varying 
degrees  most  of  us  have  felt  that  way.  We’ve  experienced 
those  hours  of  darkness,  when  our  souls  could  find  no 
comfort  and  nothing  and  no  one  was  there  to  help.  This  is 
a  powerful  description  of  depression. 

Now  the  psalmist  continues: 

I  think  of  God,  and  I  moan; 

I  meditate,  and  my  spirit  faints. 

You  keep  my  eyelids  from  closing; 

I  am  so  troubled  that  I  cannot  speak. 

I  consider  the  days  of  old, 
and  remember  the  years  of  long  ago. 

I  commune  with  my  heart  in  the  night; 

I  meditate  and  search  my  spirit: 

“Will  the  lord  spurn  forever, 
and  never  again  be  favorable? 

Has  his  steadfast  love  ceased  forever? 

Are  his  promises  at  an  end  for  all  time? 

Has  God  forgotten  to  be  gracious? 

Has  he  in  anger  shut  up  his  compas¬ 
sion?” 

And  I  say,  “It  is  my  grief 
that  the  right  hand  of  the  Most  High  has 

changed.” 

Psalm  77:3-10 

In  these  words  the  prayer-song  writer  looks  inward 
and  outward  at  the  same  moment  as  he  gets  in  touch 
with  the  complexity  of  his  feelings.  It  is  fascinating  to 
note  that  he  uses  almost  all  the  love  vocabulary  of  the 
Old  Testament  in  these  verses.  But  he  wonders  if  that 


Prayer  and  Meditation:  Keys  to  Survival 


67 


grace  is  there  for  him  and  asks  if  God  has  any  compassion 
toward  him.  We  can’t  help  but  feel  something  of  the  writ¬ 
er’s  anger  and  fear  of  his  own  powerlessness. 

Airplane  pilots  sometimes  fly  into  what  they  term  a 
“white  out”;  they  lose  all  orientation.  They  may  feel  they 
are  flying  upside-down,  when  in  reality  they  are  right- 
side  up.  At  such  times  they  can’t  rely  on  their  senses  but 
must  depend  entirely  on  their  instruments. 

Have  you  ever  entered,  as  I  have,  a  long  “white  out”  of 
the  soul?  If  so,  spiritually  you  were  not  quite  sure 
whether  you  were  upside-down  or  right-side  up.  When 
Christians  feel  bombarded  on  every  side,  how  do  we  keep 
perspective?  What  do  we  do? 

The  answer  comes  through  clearly:  We  focus  as  the 
psalmist  does.  Up  to  this  point  he  has  expressed  his  feel¬ 
ings.  Had  he  ended  the  prayer-song  now,  it  would  offer 
no  help  or  hope — not  for  him  and  certainly  not  for  us.  But 
there’s  more. 

Three  Important  Prayer  Words 

As  we  move  into  the  second  half  of  the  psalm,  notice 
three  great  words  of  focusing:  remember ,  meditate,  and 
muse. 

I  will  call  to  mind  the  deeds  of  the  Lord; 

I  will  remember  your  wonders  of  old. 

I  will  meditate  on  all  your  work, 
and  muse  on  your  mighty  deeds. 

Your  way,  O  God,  is  holy. 

What  god  is  so  great  as  our  God? 

You  are  the  God  who  works  wonders; 
you  have  displayed  your  might  among  the  peoples. 


68 


Prayer — Between  Friends 


With  your  strong  arm  you  redeemed  your  people, 
the  descendents  of  Jacob  and  Joseph.  Selah 

Psalm  77:11-15,  italics  mine 

In  order  to  capture  the  prayer-song's  full  implication, 
we  need  to  probe  further  into  the  three  words:  remember , 
meditate  and  muse.  The  Hebrew  word  translated  “I  will 
remember”  in  verse  11  is  zakar — the  same  word  was 
translated  '‘meditate”  in  verses  3  and  6.  The  word  trans¬ 
lated  “meditate”  in  verse  12  is  the  Hebrew  siah ,  a  word 
used  by  actors  that  means  “to  rehearse”  or  “to  think 
through  the  implications.”  We  might  distinguish  these 
two  words  by  saying  that  zakar  means  to  remember  the 
lines,  and  siah  means  to  rehearse.  Both  are  essential  for 
effective  prayer-meditation. 

These  words  were  illuminated  for  me  a  few  years  ago 
when  I  had  a  part  in  a  play.  Before  any  of  us  actors  could 
work  on  the  interpretation  of  our  lines,  we  had  to  learn 
them.  Our  director  drove  this  point  home:  “I  want  you  to 
know  your  lines  so  well  that  when  one  character  finishes 
his  speech,  the  next  actor,  without  even  a  second  thought 
or  hesitation,  moves  right  into  the  next  line.  We  will  not 
be  ready  to  interpret  until  each  actor  knows  the  lines 
flawlessly.  Only  when  you  really  know  your  lines  can  you 
work  on  the  nuances.  Then  we  will  not  only  know  what 
the  words  say  but  what  they  mean.  Only  then  can  we  add 
the  subtle  intonations  and  meanings.” 

The  third  word,  “muse,”  is  the  Hebrew  haga>  referred 
to  earlier,  which  literally  means  “to  hum.”  We  not  only 
remember  and  rehearse  the  lines  of  our  prayer-song,  we 
hum  them  in  the  deepest  recesses  of  our  souls.  They  are 
a  part  of  us  physically,  emotionally,  and  spiritually. 


Prayer  and  Meditation:  Keys  to  Survival 


69 


An  apt  modern  analogy  to  this  appears  in  the  actions  of 
a  well-oiled  football  team  in  which  every  player  must 
know  the  various  plays  so  well  that  he  moves  instinc¬ 
tively  into  the  right  position  and  formation  as  soon  as  the 
play  is  called.  Everything  he  has  learned  and  rehearsed 
becomes  automatic  as  each  player  makes  his  move,  in 
spite  of  the  efforts  of  the  other  team  to  frustrate  the  game 
plan. 

In  this  way,  a  football  game  becomes  a  surprising  and 
highly  charged  parable  of  prayer-meditation — we  so  re¬ 
member  the  truth  of  God’s  forgiveness  and  goodness,  we 
so  rehearse  the  reality  of  his  grace  and  goodness  that  it 
becomes  a  part  of  us.  We  know  it;  we  live  it — from  the 
inside  out.  Prayer-meditation  springs  up  from  the  deep¬ 
est  recesses  of  our  beings  and  becomes  the  prayer  lan¬ 
guage  of  our  friendship  with  God. 

Finally,  the  Hebrew  word  selah ,  found  at  the  end  of 
verse  15,  adds  to  this  imagery.  While  this  word  appears 
several  times  throughout  the  Book  of  Psalms,  language 
and  biblical  scholars  have  never  agreed  on  its  meaning. 
It  has  been  suggested  that  it  likely  was  some  form  of 
instruction  for  musicians  or  worshipers  in  the  Jerusa¬ 
lem  Temple.  We  do,  however,  have  one  textual  clue  as 
to  what  it  may  mean  at  the  end  of  verse  16  of  Psalm  9, 
where  the  Hebrew  reads,  higion  selah.  We  know  that 
the  root  of  higion  is  haga ,  which  means  “to  hum.”  If  this 
is  the  case,  we  have  the  instruction  to  hum — 
meditate — on  the  meaning  of  the  prayer-song,  that  has 
literally  become  a  part  of  us.  Danish  theologian  and 
philosopher  Sdren  Kierkegaard  expressed  the  same  idea 
when  he  wrote,  “I  don’t  know  the  truth  until  it  becomes 
a  part  of  me.” 

The  association  of  selah  with  “hum”  and  “meditation” 


70 


Prayer — Between  Friends 


makes  a  lot  of  sense.  We  hum  the  tunes  that  arise  from 
our  deepest  selves.  As  we  remember,  meditate,  and  muse 
in  our  prayer  pilgrimage,  like  the  writer  of  this  prayer- 
song,  we  will  focus  on  those  enduring  realities  of  life  with 
God.  Though  the  psalm  writer  openly  expressed  his  pain 
and  overwhelming  grief,  at  a  certain  moment  he  delib¬ 
erately  and  consciously  says,  “I  will  call  to  mind.  .  .  .”  His 
mind  is  flooded  with  God’s  actions  in  the  past,  and  he 
determines  at  that  moment  to  concentrate  and  meditate 
on  them. 

For  all  of  us  the  good  news  is  that  the  God  who  re¬ 
deemed  this  prayer-song  writer  is  our  redeemer,  too. 
That  is  something  to  remember,  to  rehearse,  and  to  hum 
about — something  to  prayerfully  reflect  on  and  meditate 
about,  as  we  shut  out  the  distractions  of  our  technologi¬ 
cally  noisy  world. 

At  this  point  I  remember  what  happened  long  ago  in 
the  Jerusalem  upper  room,  when  Jesus  celebrated  the 
Last  Supper  with  his  disciples.  For  as  we  participate  in 
this  sacred  rite,  as  Jesus  commanded — “Do  this  until  I 
come” — we  celebrate  these  three  great  facts  that  we  are 
encouraged  to  remember,  to  rehearse,  and  to  hum. 

1.  We  are  to  remember  that  our  Lord  has,  once  and 
for  all,  won  the  victory  over  death,  sin,  and  the 
devil. 

2.  We  remember  it  was  a  costly  victory — our  Lord 
suffered  and  died  for  us.  That  is  why  we  experi¬ 
ence  feelings  of  deep  pathos  and  even  grief  as  we 
eat  the  bread  and  drink  the  wine  in  remembrance 
of  his  broken  body  and  shed  blood. 

3.  We  remember  that  the  resurrected  Jesus  is  our 
Redeemer — he  is  alive  and  with  us  now.  As  we 
remember  and  focus — prayerfully  meditate — on 


Prayer  and  Meditation:  Keys  to  Survival 


71 


this  compelling  truth,  we  sense  his  real  presence 
with  us.  Indeed  the  Eucharist  is  a  New  Testa¬ 
ment  means  of  focusing. 

The  Apostle  Paul  and  a  Strategy  for  Focusing 

Writing  to  his  Christian  friends  at  Philippi,  the  Apos¬ 
tle  Paul  lays  out  a  strategy  for  focusing  that  follows 
closely  what  we  have  discovered  in  the  psalmic  prayer- 
songs.  He  keenly  understands  the  need  for  the  Philippian 
Christians  and  us  to  cry  out  to  God  in  prayer  and  to 
express  our  feelings,  whatever  they  may  be.  But  he  fol¬ 
lows  all  of  this  with  an  exhortation  to  meditate  on  God’s 
goodness  and  faithfulness: 

Rejoice  in  the  Lord  always;  again  I  will  say,  Re¬ 
joice.  Let  your  gentleness  be  known  to  everyone.  The 
Lord  is  near.  Do  not  worry  about  anything,  but  in 
everything  by  prayer  and  supplication  let  your  re¬ 
quests  be  made  known  to  God.  And  the  peace  of  God, 
which  surpasses  all  understanding,  will  guard  your 
hearts  and  your  minds  in  Christ  Jesus. 

Finally,  beloved,  whatever  is  true,  whatever  is 
honorable,  whatever  is  just,  whatever  is  pure,  what¬ 
ever  is  pleasing,  whatever  is  commendable,  if  there 
is  any  excellence  and  if  there  is  anything  worthy  of 
praise,  think  about  these  things. 

Philippians  4:4-8,  italics  mine 

Indeed,  as,  through  prayerful  meditation,  we  focus  on 
the  goodness  of  the  Lord  and  the  truth  “  ‘his  steadfast 
love  endures  forever’  ”  (Psalm  118),  we  link  up  with  the 
people  of  God  in  all  of  time,  described  by  the  prayer-song 
writer  with  these  words: 


72 


Prayer — Between  Friends 


Happy  are  those  whose  help  is  the  God  of  Jacob, 
whose  hope  is  in  the  Lord  their  God, 
who  made  heaven  and  earth, 
the  sea,  and  all  that  is  in  them; 
who  keeps  faith  forever. . . . 

Praise  the  Lord! 


Psalm  146:5,  6,  10 


6 


Who  Is  There  When  We  Pray? 


The  people  of  the  Bible — our  spiritual  ancestors — 
constantly  struggled  to  maintain  a  relationship  with  a 
God  they  could  not  see.  Throughout  the  centuries  of  hu¬ 
man  existence,  people  have  wrestled  with  the  reality  of 
God.  Our  human  pragmatic  mind-set  cries  out  for  con¬ 
crete  proof  that  God  is — that  there  is  really  someone  out 
there  who  hears  us  when  we  pray. 

Questions  That  Won’t  Go  Away 

In  our  better  moments  we  echo  the  feelings  and  senti¬ 
ments  of  the  Bible’s  prayer-song  writers,  but  in  the  nitty- 
gritty  give-and-take  of  life  another  side  of  us  cries  out  for 
proof  that  the  God  to  whom  we  pray  actually  exists. 
Prayer  forces  these  questions  of  our  minds  and  feelings  to 
center  stage,  and  for  this  reason  the  existence  of  God  and 
the  proofs  of  his  existence  are  old  questions  that  just 
won’t  go  away. 


74 


Prayer — Between  Friends 


Again,  in  our  better  moments  and  at  the  very  starting 
place  in  our  praying,  we  trust  that  God  is  real  and  pow¬ 
erful;  yet  when  we  attempt  to  give  convincing  proofs  to 
anyone  who  questions  us,  the  explanations  and  proofs 
seem  weak  to  them.  In  his  Screwtape  Letters ,  C.  S.  Lewis, 
a  brilliant  British  writer  and  theologian,  has  his  senior 
devil,  Screwtape,  wrestling  with  the  question  of  why  God 
does  not  make  dramatic  use  of  his  almighty  power  and 
thereby  prove  once  and  for  all  that  he  is  there.  Finally, 
Screwtape  comments  to  Wormwood,  a  junior  devil,  “You 
must  have  often  wondered  why  the  Enemy  [God]  does  not 
make  more  use  of  his  power  . .  .  but  you  now  see  that  the 
Irresistible  and  the  Indisputable  are  the  two  weapons 
which  the  very  nature  of  his  scheme  forbids  him  to  use 
.  .  .  He  cannot  ‘tempt’  to  virtue  as  we  do  to  vice.”1 

Most  certainly  we  do  not  have  a  pragmatic  proof  for 
God  that  sweeps  away  every  question.  In  Greek  mythol¬ 
ogy,  Zeus,  the  head  god,  always  overwhelmed  people  and 
the  lesser  gods  by  his  power.  But  we  do  not  experience 
such  proofs  from  God  the  Father  of  the  Lord  Jesus  Christ. 
Instead  we  have  just  enough  evidence  to  assure  us  of  the 
love,  the  integrity,  and  the  faithfulness  of  Jesus  Christ. 
On  the  basis  of  that  evidence,  we  believe  and  pray. 

Can  I  Have  Absolute  Proof? 

During  the  years  when  I  was  minister  to  students  at 
University  Presbyterian  Church,  in  Seattle,  a  young  man 
came  to  me  for  help  and  counsel.  He  was  struggling  with 
very  serious  doubts  about  God.  After  we  talked  at  con¬ 
siderable  length,  I  asked  him  what  would  help  him  the 
most  at  this  stage  of  his  struggle. 

“I’d  need  absolute  proof  of  God’s  existence,”  he  replied. 


Who  Is  There  When  We  Pray? 


75 


I  then  asked  my  young  friend  what  kind  of  proof  would 
satisfy  him,  and  I  promised  to  attempt  to  respond.  He 
leaned  back  in  his  chair,  looked  out  the  window  of  my 
office,  pointed  to  a  tree  on  the  church  grounds,  and  said, 
“If  I  could  see  that  tree  split  in  two  by  lightning  at  ex¬ 
actly  12:05  this  afternoon,  I  would  consider  that  proof 
positive  of  God’s  existence.” 

After  thinking  about  his  request  for  a  few  moments,  I 
looked  him  straight  in  the  eyes.  “Okay,  let  us  suppose 
that  it  is  now  12:06  this  afternoon,  and  the  tree  is  split 
cleanly  by  lightning,”  I  responded.  “Everything  has  hap¬ 
pened  just  as  you  described  it.  What  has  your  ‘proof 
proved?” 

A  prolonged  silence  greeted  my  question. 

Then  I  added,  “I  think  the  split  tree  would  only  prove 
the  existence  of  some  mysterious  spiritual  power  that  for 
whatever  reason  chose  to  amuse  a  couple  of  human  be¬ 
ings  on  Northeast  Forty-fifth  Street  and  possibly  even 
deceive  them.” 

While  I  didn’t  mention  it  at  the  time,  the  split  tree 
could  also  have  been  the  result  of  an  incredible  coinci¬ 
dence.  But  the  truth  is  that  there  is  no  proof  of  the  kind 
this  student  thought  he  wanted — absolute  proof  of  the 
existence  of  God.  Certainly  a  tree  split  by  lightning  on 
the  campus  of  University  Presbyterian  Church  at  12:05 
in  the  afternoon  would  not  possibly  tell  us  anything  about 
the  character  of  God — about  either  his  love  or  his  faith¬ 
fulness. 

My  exchange  with  that  university  student  illuminates 
the  dilemma  we  face  when  we  make  a  demand  for  abso¬ 
lute  reasons  and  assurances  from  God.  Any  “absolute” 
proof  falls  short  because  in  the  words  of  Blaise  Pascal, 
seventeenth-century  Christian  and  French  philosopher, 
“We  do  not  trust  our  senses.”  Each  new  day  would  call  for 


76 


Prayer — Between  Friends 


more  dramatic  proof  to  prop  up  a  misplaced  faith.  Abso¬ 
lutes  are  impossible  for  us  to  design  or  experience.  Our 
imagination  is  never  satisfied  precisely  because  we  are 
not  absolute  and  never  will  be. 

Only  God  is  absolute,  and  that  is  why  there  are  no 
absolute  proofs  of  his  existence  that  we  humans  can 
fathom.  The  so-called  absolute  proof  that  my  friend 
thought  he  wanted  turned  out  to  be  neither  absolute  nor 
proof.  This  sort  of  thing  doesn’t  really  prove  any  of  the 
important  things  that  God  wants  us  to  know.  In  no  way 
could  such  an  act  express  the  deepest  realities  of  who  God 
is  or  what  he  does. 

No,  Almighty  God  cannot  be  “proved,”  because  he  is 
too  vast  to  prove.  But  here  is  the  great  good  news — God  is 
not  too  vast  to  make  himself  known  to  us!  And  this  he 
does. 

Happily,  as  we  have  moved  steadily  toward  the  end  of 
the  twentieth  century,  with  its  amazing  record  of  tech¬ 
nological  achievements  that  have  opened  up  staggering 
secrets  of  both  our  world  and  the  universe,  we  have 
reached  the  place  where  the  existence  of  God  is  not  the 
central  question.  The  evidence  of  science  and  nature  is 
too  overwhelming.  Both  quantum  mechanics  and  Ein- 
steinian  physics  have  brought  us  into  a  recognition  that 
the  universe  has  experienced  what  Stephen  Hawking  in 
A  Brief  History  of  Time  has  called  “the  extraordinarily 
vast”  and  the  “extraordinarily  tiny.”  This  amazing  mix¬ 
ture  of  discoveries  has  made  the  comment  of  astronomer 
Sir  James  Jeans  more  relevant  than  ever:  “There  is  a 
cheater  in  the  universe.” 

Clearly  probability  and  the  laws  of  randomness  cannot 
explain  existence  to  us  in  any  way  that  will  satisfy  the 
mind  of  either  the  philosopher  or  the  physicist.  Conse¬ 
quently,  science  compels  us  to  ponder  creation  by 


Who  Is  There  When  We  Pray? 


77 


decision — the  deliberate  act  of  a  divine  Creator.  In  my 
search  for  understanding  and  in  my  prayer  pilgrimage,  I 
can  accept  the  fact  of  the  existence  of  a  Creator  because 
I  see  so  much  evidence  of  his  handiwork  in  creation.  Yet 
somehow  I  need  something  else;  I  need  to  understand  the 
will  behind  the  Creator’s  actions  and  decisions. 

Who  Is  There? 

When  I  was  twelve  years  old,  my  family  lived  in  Mc¬ 
Cloud,  California,  a  small  lumber  town  perched  on  the 
lower  reaches  of  Mount  Shasta,  in  the  northern  part  of 
the  state.  In  due  course  I  joined  Troop  42  of  the  Boy 
Scouts  of  America.  As  a  Tenderfoot  Scout  my  initiation 
was  to  complete  a  two-and-one-half-mile  hike  in  the  dead 
of  night  from  the  troop’s  campsite  back  to  the  town  of 
McCloud.  But  here  was  the  catch — I  had  to  go  it  alone 
and  without  the  use  of  a  light  of  any  kind.  Believe  me, 
the  nights  are  really  black  in  that  isolated  and  remote 
part  of  the  country. 

I  still  have  vivid  recollections  of  that  scary  journey  and 
several  experiences  of  stark  terror,  when  I  heard  a  move¬ 
ment  or  any  strange  sound.  My  imagination  ran  wild, 
and  more  than  once  I  froze  at  what  sounded  like  footsteps 
while  I  strained  in  vain  to  pierce  the  dense  darkness. 

That  night  I  made  the  important  discovery  that  the 
question  of  the  “existence”  of  something  in  the  under¬ 
brush  near  me  was  nowhere  near  important  as  “who” 
might  be  lurking  nearby.  My  boyish  mind  had  no  diffi¬ 
culty  in  feeling  that  a  certain  something  or  someone  was 
there,  because  I  could  hear  the  evidence  of  sound.  But  of 
signal  importance  to  me  was  the  “who”  behind  those 
sounds.  Was  it  a  bear?  a  timid  deer?  a  prowling  skunk?  or 
a  person?  To  carry  the  illustration  to  its  central  point,  I 


78 


Prayer — Between  Friends 


got  absolutely  no  assurance  from  any  proofs  about  the 
reality  of  something  making  noises.  I  wanted  more;  it 
was  the  “who”  that  really  mattered.  In  the  same  way  for 
me  and  my  generation  it  isn’t  enough  to  know  that  God 
or  some  first  source  of  creation  power  exists.  Rather  the 
significant  information  in  my  intellectual  journey  of  faith 
is  the  character  of  the  God  who  exists. 

Once  this  distinction  became  clear,  I  was  convinced 
that  the  writers  of  the  Bible  are  quite  correct  in  their 
apparent  lack  of  concern  about  offering  proof  of  the  prior 
existence  of  God.  Instead,  the  prayer-songs  and  narra¬ 
tives  in  Scripture  totally  focus  on  revealing  the  character 
of  the  God  who  exists.  This  across-the-board  concern  sur¬ 
faces  throughout  the  entire  Bible,  as  every  prayer  text  in 
Scripture  addresses  this  vital  question:  Who  is  there 
when  I  dare  to  pray? 

A  God  of  Law  and  Grace 

The  objective  psalms  are  not  intended  as  proof  or  ab¬ 
solute  statements  that  define  who  God  is  or  what  he  must 
do.  Rather,  these  prayer-songs  point  toward  God’s  self¬ 
disclosure  of  his  character,  as  illuminated  in  his  cove¬ 
nants  and  law — those  promises  God  gives  us  as  revealed 
in  the  law  and  gospel  of  Jesus  Christ. 

Psalm  119,  a  superb  example  of  an  objective  psalm,  is 
known  as  a  Torah  song — a  song  of  law.  It  points  to  God’s 
self-disclosure  of  his  will  in  the  law  and  focuses  on  the 
character  of  the  God  of  the  law,  who  is  also  the  God  of 
grace. 

God  has  already  made  the  promises  of  that  self¬ 
disclosure  clear  in  both  the  convenant  and  law  and 
through  the  One  who  fulfilled  all  his  laws  and 
covenants — his  Son,  Jesus  Christ. 


Who  Is  There  When  We  Pray? 


79 


With  this  truth  firmly  fixed  in  our  minds,  we  pray  not 
only  to  the  God  of  mystery  and  holy  freedom  but  to  the 
God  who  has  shown  us  his  profound  personhood.  Notice 
in  these  few  lines  from  Psalm  119  how  this,  the  longest  of 
the  Torah  songs,  points  toward  the  Lord  of  our  prayers: 

“Teach  me,  O  Lord,  the  way  of  your  statutes, 
and  I  will  observe  it  to  the  end. 

Give  me  understanding,  that  I  may  keep  your  law 
and  observe  it  with  my  whole  heart. 

Lead  me  in  the  path  of  your  commandments, 
for  I  delight  in  it. 

Turn  my  heart  to  your  decrees, 
and  not  to  selfish  gain. 

Turn  my  eyes  from  looking  at  vanities; 
give  me  life  in  your  ways. 

Confirm  to  your  servant  your  promise, 
which  is  for  those  who  fear  you. 

Turn  away  the  disgrace  that  I  dread, 
for  your  ordinances  are  good. 

See,  I  have  longed  for  your  precepts; 
in  your  righteousness  give  me  life. 

Let  your  steadfast  love  come  to  me,  O  Lord, 
your  salvation  according  to  your  promise. 

Psalm  119:33-41 

The  prayer-song  writer  emphasizes  the  law  of  God  as 
the  good  promise  given  us  of  God’s  love  toward  us.  Con¬ 
sequently,  as  we  pray  this  prayer,  we  express  our  desire 
to  walk  in  the  way  of  God’s  will. 

As  we  follow  the  psalmist’s  response  to  the  divine  dis¬ 
closure,  we  receive  a  framework  of  knowledge  of  God’s 
nature  and  learn  his  will  for  us.  Then  we  can  intercede 


80 


Prayer — Between  Friends 


and  make  requests  of  the  Lord  who  not  only  knows  us, 
but  whom  we  know,  too. 

Further  along,  the  psalm  writer  prays  for  help — and  so 
do  we — in  understanding  God  and  his  ways: 

Your  hands  have  made  and  fashioned  me; 
give  me  understanding  that  I  may  learn 
your  commandments. 

Psalm  119:73 

Note  the  final,  urgent  words  of  the  psalm  as  with  pow¬ 
erful  realism  the  songwriter  pleads  for  help: 

Let  your  hand  be  ready  to  help  me, 
for  I  have  chosen  your  precepts. 

I  long  for  your  salvation,  O  Lord, 
and  your  law  is  my  delight. 

Let  me  live  that  I  may  praise  you, 
and  let  your  ordinances  help  me. 

I  have  gone  astray  like  a  lost  sheep; 
seek  out  your  servant, 
for  I  do  not  forget  your  commandments. 

Psalm  119:173-176 

The  writer  asked  for  help  on  the  basis  of  the  objective 
self-disclosure  of  God’s  love  and  justice,  as  shown  in  the 
convenant  made  on  Mount  Sinai  with  the  people  of  Is¬ 
rael,  and  he  expressed  deep  yearning  for  the  good  news  of 
God’s  covenant  of  grace  alongside  his  covenant  of  law. 
This  very  mixture  of  grace  and  truth  inevitably  results  in 
our  prayer,  when  we  center  only  on  God  himself. 

As  I  personalize  the  marvelous  truth  that  comes 
through  in  this  psalmic  prayer-song,  I  readily  acknowl¬ 
edge  my  need  for  such  prayer.  Not  only  do  I  require 


Who  Is  There  When  We  Pray? 


81 


the  prayer  that  suspects  GocTs  existence,  I  need  the  kind 
of  prayer  that  wagers  on  the  God  of  love  who  cares  deeply, 
as  a  loving  Friend,  about  a  twelve-year-old  boy  picking 
his  way  along  in  the  dark,  fearful  of  the  unknown  night 
sounds. 

I  believe  that  every  person  who  begins  this  journey  of 
faith,  with  all  of  the  tentativeness  and  hesitation  and  fear 
and  hope  that  are  a  part  of  that  journey,  will  have  an  ex¬ 
perience  that  parallels  mine.  Let’s  face  it,  prayer  begins 
with  many  half-solved  questions,  mixed  together  with 
early  hopes  and  partial  evidences.  But  as  we  progress,  the 
evidences  of  God’s  goodness  and  faithfulness  become  surer 
and  stronger,  until  they  become  assurances  of  our  pro¬ 
found  friendship  with  him.  And  as  we  grow  in  that  assur¬ 
ance,  our  prayers  grow  in  depth  and  joyousness— -this  is 
the  best  proof  of  all. 


I 


7 


The  Crisis  of  Faith: 

A  Case  Study  in  the  Book  of 

Job 


For  me,  over  the  years  prayer  has  been  a  most  impor¬ 
tant  part  of  my  daily  routine,  especially  at  meals  and  in 
the  morning  and  evening.  But  at  two  other  times  I  re¬ 
spond  spontaneously  in  prayer:  when  a  special  joy  breaks 
in  upon  my  loved  ones  or  upon  me,  or  when  I  or  someone 
I  especially  know  and  love  is  hurting. 

Most  people  experience  this,  and  that  is  understand¬ 
able,  because  at  such  moments  we  must  not  attempt  to 
live  alone.  In  fact,  prayer  is  the  most  profound  of  all 
relational  moments,  even  if  we  do  not  feel  immediate 
relational  benefits. 


A  Victim  of  Disaster 

The  Old  Testament  Book  of  Job  tells  the  story  of  a  man 
caught  in  the  grip  of  a  lonely  crisis,  and  it  documents  in 
living  color  the  impact  of  that  crisis  upon  Job  and  the 


84 


Prayer — Between  Friends 


people  in  his  life.  While  at  first  we  might  not  understand 
it  this  way,  the  Book  of  Job  is  at  its  center  about  the  most 
fundamental  meanings  of  prayer. 

Without  doing  a  thorough  commentary  on  this  unique 
part  of  Scripture,  we  will  focus  in  briefly  on  the  contents 
as  it  relates  to  the  message  God  gives  us  about  prayer. 
Job  doesn’t  start  out  with  the  prayer  theme.  Rather  it 
begins  by  recounting  dialogue  between  God  and  Satan. 
The  Lord  asks  Satan: 

“Where  have  you  come  from?”  Satan  answered  the 
Lord,  “From  going  to  and  fro  on  the  earth,  and  from 
walking  up  and  down  on  it.”  The  Lord  said  to  Satan, 
“Have  you  considered  my  servant  Job?  There  is  no 
one  like  him  on  the  earth,  a  blameless  and  upright 
man  who  fears  God  and  turns  away  from  evil.”  Then 
Satan  answered  the  Lord,  “Does  Job  fear  God  for 
nothing?  Have  you  not  put  a  fence  around  him  and 
his  house  and  all  that  he  has,  on  every  side?  You 
have  blessed  the  work  of  his  hands,  and  his  posses¬ 
sions  have  increased  in  the  land.  But  stretch  out 
your  hand  now,  and  touch  all  that  he  has,  and  he 
will  curse  you  to  your  face.” 

Job  1:7-11 

As  a  result  of  this  dialogue,  God  allows  his  servant  Job 
to  experience  intense  affliction.  Job  loses  all  his  livestock, 
his  crops,  his  land,  and  his  children.  But  while  he  suffers 
the  agonies  of  these  losses,  we  read,  “In  all  this  Job  did 
not  sin  or  charge  God  with  wrong-doing”(l:22). 

An  additional  conversation  between  God  and  Satan  fol¬ 
lows,  and  God  releases  Satan  to  afflict  Job  physically  but 
not  at  the  expense  of  his  life.  Next,  the  writer  tells  us,  “So 
Satan  went  out  from  the  presence  of  the  Lord,  and  in- 


The  Crisis  of  Faith:  A  Case  Study  in  the  Book  of  Job 


85 


flicted  loathsome  sores  on  Job  from  the  sole  of  his  foot  to 
the  crown  of  his  head.  Job  took  a  potsherd  with  which  to 
scrape  himself,  and  sat  among  the  ashes”  (2:7,  8). 

Job’s  Advisors 

The  major  portion  of  the  Job  story  follows  the  intense 
calamities  that  strike  his  life.  In  these  scenes  we  learn  of 
Job’s  encounters  with  people  and  finally  with  God.  A  sig¬ 
nificant  part  of  these  involves  dialogue  between  Job  and 
his  wife.  A  series  of  conversations  also  takes  place  be¬ 
tween  Job  and  three  friends,  who,  upon  hearing  of  the 
cataclysmic  disasters  that  Job  has  experienced,  travel 
from  their  homes  to  commiserate  with  him. 

In  her  anger  at  the  injustice  of  Job’s  suffering,  Job’s 
wife  suggests  that  he  commit  suicide,  “  *. . .  Curse  God, 
and  die’  ”  (2:9).  But  for  Job,  this  is  not  an  option  he  will 
accept. 

Later,  when  Job  speaks  to  his  friends,  they  generally 
seem  to  agree  that  he  is  guilty  of  sin.  He  needs  to  repent, 
they  decide,  and  the  only  prayer  for  a  man  in  his  condi¬ 
tion  is  the  prayer  of  grief  and  total  apology,  an  admission 
of  guilt. 

These  solutions  represent  the  secular  and  religious  an¬ 
swers  to  human  tragedy.  Job’s  wife  offers  the  secular 
alternative  to  trusting  God.  For  her,  the  reasonable 
choice  and  natural  instinct  when  someone  experiences 
pain  is  to  move  away  from  it,  and  because  there  is  injus¬ 
tice  in  the  suffering,  the  face-saving  answer  is  to  curse 
the  source.  Job’s  friends,  representing  the  voice  of  reli¬ 
gion,  suggest  that  Job  should  not  question  God.  Rather, 
he  should  question  only  himself  in  an  effort  to  discover 
what  mistakes  he  had  made  that  brought  on  the  tragic 
reversal  in  his  fortunes. 


86 


Prayer — Between  Friends 


Instead  of  caving  in  to  either  suggestion,  Job  chooses  a 
third  way,  demanding  an  audience  with  God,  “  ‘But  I 
would  speak  to  the  Almighty,  and  I  desire  to  argue  my 
case  with  God’  ”  (13:3).  With  these  words,  Job  goes  to  the 
very  heart  of  the  human  search  for  a  way  to  cope  with 
suffering.  Because  of  Job’s  insistence  and  lonely  persis¬ 
tence,  the  message  of  this  story  resonates  at  a  profound 
level  with  the  soul  of  every  person  who  searches  for  God 
and  for  a  way  to  honestly  pray  to  him. 

As  we  shall  see,  almost  every  religious  argument  made 
concerning  suffering  and  the  ways  of  prayer  is  discussed 
at  length  by  Job’s  friends.  Certainly  their  arguments  are 
not  thoughtless  or  shallow.  In  his  commentary  on  the 
Book  of  Job,  Francis  Andersen  offers  this  conclusion 
about  their  religious  arguments,  “What  makes  this  col¬ 
lision  of  minds  so  dramatic  is  the  soundness  of  their  views 
and  the  cogency  of  their  arguments.  The  author  of  the 
Book  of  Job  has  not  set  up  men  of  straw  against  Job.”1 
While  there  is  cogency  at  one  shallow  level,  a  profound 
wrongness  exists  at  a  deep  level,  as  we  will  discover  in 
the  climactic  ending  of  the  story. 

The  encounters  we  have  in  Job  provide  several  cogent 
ways  of  understanding  human  crisis.  Some  have  sug¬ 
gested  that  this  is  one  reason  Job  is  such  an  obscure 
figure  in  biblical  and  Jewish  history.  We  know  virtually 
nothing  about  him — we’re  only  told  that  he  lived  some¬ 
where  east  of  the  Jordan  River.  In  this  rather  odd  way 
Job  becomes  like  every  other  human  being  who  suffers  or 
has  felt  wronged  by  disaster.  All  who  hurt  feel  the  same 
sense  of  aloneness,  and  consequently  those  who  suffer 
relate  to  everyone  else  who  shares  their  situation.  We  all 
feel  the  need  to  pray,  but  a  dryness  may  fill  our  mouths 
when  we  try  to  say  the  words.  We  relate  to  Job  as  he  sits 
in  ashes,  while  his  wife  and  friends  attempt  to  advise  him 


The  Crisis  of  Faith:  A  Case  Study  in  the  Book  of  Job 


87 


without  really  helping.  Instinctively  we  understand  Job’s 
aloneness  during  his  time  of  suffering. 

The  Ingredients  of  Job’s  Crisis 

There  are  three  ingredients  to  Job’s  crisis. 

1.  The  physical  and  interpersonal  suffering,  related 
in  the  opening  words  of  the  story,  including  the 
loss  of  property  and  his  children.  This  stands  as  a 
backdrop  to  everything  else. 

2.  The  crisis  instigated  by  the  counsel  of  Job’s  wife. 

3.  Job’s  confrontation  of  the  crisis,  brought  on  by 
the  counsel  he  receives  from  his  friends. 

The  last  two  crises  I  will  describe  as  being  related  to  Job’s 
bafflement  toward  himself  and  toward  God,  and  these 
dominate  most  of  the  Book  of  Job— -thirty-eight  of  the 
forty-two  chapters. 

In  spite  of  the  counsel  from  Job’s  wife,  he  at  no  time 
contemplates  suicide  as  the  best  out  for  his  trouble.  When 
she  suggests  that  he  curse  God  and  die,  she  is  angry  at 
God,  saying,  in  effect,  “Job,  why  don’t  you  reject  this  life? 
Go  out  of  life  in  a  show  of  justifiable  rage;  shake  your  fist 
at  God  and  die.” 

Mrs.  Job  is  like  the  wife  Diffidence,  in  John  Bunyan’s 
Pilgrim's  Progress.  She  is  the  queen  in  the  Castle  of  Gi¬ 
ant  Despair,  and  through  her  husband,  the  Giant,  she 
urges  Christian  and  Hopeful  to  kill  themselves,  because 
they  are  imprisoned  there.  Fortunately,  Christian  and 
Hopeful  reject  her  advice  and  in  the  nick  of  time  find  the 
key  called  the  promise  of  God.  With  that  key  they  open 
the  castle  doors. 

Once  Job  completely  rejects  his  wife’s  counsel,  the  rest 


88 


Prayer — Between  Friends 


of  the  story  centers  on  the  dialogue  between  Job  and  his 
pious  friends. 

Eliphaz,  Bildad,  and  Zophar.  The  writer  of  this 
ancient  story  introduces  Job’s  friends  by  describing  how 
each  of  them  comes  together  from  their  respective  homes 
and  travels  across  long  miles  so  they  might  “console  and 
comfort  him.”  But  when  they  see  their  friend  from  a  dis¬ 
tance,  his  appearance  is  so  changed  that  they  don’t  rec¬ 
ognize  him,  “.  . .  and  they  raised  their  voices  and  wept 
aloud;  they  tore  their  robes  and  threw  dust  in  the  air 
upon  their  heads.”  Then,  “They  sat  with  him  on  the 
ground  seven  days  and  seven  nights,  and  no  one  spoke  a 
word  to  him,  for  they  saw  that  his  suffering  was  very 
great”  (2:11-13). 

Job  finally  broke  the  week-long  period  of  sympathetic 
silence  when  in  his  agony  he  “cursed  the  day  of  his  birth” 
(3:1).  The  whole  third  chapter  of  this  remarkable  book  is 
devoted  to  Job’s  speech  of  desperation. 

In  response  to  Job’s  litany  of  misery,  Eliphaz  the  Te- 
manite  launches  into  a  lengthy  speech.  He  begins  by  tell¬ 
ing  Job  what  a  fine  person  he  is  and  how  he  has 
accomplished  so  much  good  (4:1-6).  But  after  that  intro¬ 
ductory  compliment,  Eliphaz  gets  to  the  point  he  wants 
to  make — only  sinful  people  suffer.  In  effect,  Eliphaz  says, 
“Only  evil  people  suffer  as  badly  as  you  are  now.  So,  come 
on,  Job,  what  evil  have  you  committed  that  has  produced 
your  suffering?”  (4-5). 

Following  Job’s  heartrending  response  to  Eliphaz, 
Bildad  the  Shuhite  picks  up  on  the  argument,  “  Tf  you 
will  seek  God  and  make  supplication  to  the  Almighty,  if 
you  are  pure  and  upright,  surely  then  he  [God]  will  rouse 
himself  for  you  and  restore  you  to  your  rightful  place’  ” 
(8:5,  6). 


The  Crisis  of  Faith:  A  Case  Study  in  the  Book  of  Job 


89 


The  dialogue  continues  as  Job  agrees  that  people  who 
are  pure  will  be  acceptable  to  God.  But  then  he  asks, 
“  ‘How  can  a  mortal  be  just  before  God?’  ”  (9:2).  Then  in 
desperation  he  adds,  “  ‘Though  I  am  innocent,  I  cannot 
answer  him  [God];  I  must  appeal  for  mercy  to  my  ac¬ 
cuser’  ”  (9:15).  The  rest  of  Job’s  speech  reflects  the  inten¬ 
sity  of  his  doom  and  gloom:  “  ‘I  loathe  my  life;  ...  I  will 
speak  in  the  bitterness  of  my  soul.  .  . .  Your  hands  fash¬ 
ioned  and  made  me;  and  now  you  turn  and  destroy  me. .  .  . 
I  am  filled  with  disgrace. .  .  .  Why  did  you  bring  me  forth 
from  the  womb?  Would  that  I  had  died  before  any  eye  had 
seen  me’  ”  (10:1,  8,  15,  18). 

Following  Job’s  lengthy  lament,  the  third  friend, 
Zophar  the  Naamathite,  moves  into  the  center  of  the 
scene  (Job  11)  as  he  rephrases  the  central  argument.  In 
effect  he  says,  “Your  punishment  is  mild  compared  to  the 
wrong  you  must  have  done.  Repent,  Job,  because,  take  it 
from  me,  I  have  seen  people  suffer,  and  you  are  not  yet 
suffering  anything  compared  to  them.”  To  pick  up  on  a 
modern-day  expression,  “With  friends  like  that,  Job  cer¬ 
tainly  didn’t  need  any  enemies!” 

Zophar’s  bitter  counsel  prompts  Job  to  make  what  be¬ 
comes  his  central  prayer  request:  “  ‘What  you  know,  I 
also  know;  I  am  not  inferior  to  you.  But  I  would  speak  to 
the  Almighty,  and  I  desire  to  argue  my  case  with  God.  As 
for  you,  you  whitewash  with  lies;  worthless  physicians 
are  you  all’  ”  (Job  13:2-4  rsv).  Job  makes  it  clear  now;  he 
wants  to  talk  directly  with  God. 

It  will  be  a  while  before  Job  gets  his  wish.  In  the  mean¬ 
time,  Eliphaz  gets  into  the  conversation  again,  and  Job 
makes  a  response  that  in  turn  angers  Bildad.  In  effect 
Bildad  says  to  Job,  “You  speak  like  one  who  doesn’t  know 
God.”  Broken  down  into  today’s  language,  Bildad  said, 


90 


Prayer — Between  Friends 


“You  must  not  be  a  Christian,  or  you  wouldn’t  talk  that 
way.” 

Job’s  Prayer  of  F aith.  Bildad’s  words  set  up  some 

of  the  most  magnificent  lines  in  the  Book  of  Job: 

“O  that  my  words  were  written  down! 

O  that  they  were  inscribed  in  a  book! 

O  that  with  an  iron  pen  and  with  lead 
they  were  engraved  on  a  rock  forever! 

For  I  know  that  my  Redeemer  lives, 
and  that  at  the  last  he  will  stand  upon  the  earth; 

and  after  my  skin  has  been  thus  destroyed, 
then  in  my  flesh  I  shall  see  God.” 


19:23-26 

In  the  middle  of  Job’s  anguish  he  speaks  this  incredible 
prayer  of  faith.  Job  has  arrived  at  an  important 
decision — in  the  midst  of  his  confused  feelings  and  suf¬ 
fering  he  will  trust  in  God.  This  prayer  in  no  way  mini¬ 
mizes  his  confusion  or  the  reality  of  his  suffering.  But  he 
firmly  grasps  the  profound  conviction  that  God  is  his  Re¬ 
deemer  and  that  he  lives  in  spite  of  Job’s  suffering  and 
confusion. 

Only  the  Guilty  Suffer.  Following  Job’s  marvel¬ 
ous  statement  of  faith,  Zophar  returns  to  the  conversa¬ 
tion  and  says  in  effect,  “I  feel  insulted  by  you,  Job.  Don’t 
you  know  that  guilty  people  like  you  are  going  to  expe- 
rience  intense  judgment?” 

Job  counters  this  kind  of  reasoning  with  the  state¬ 
ment  that  it  is  the  just  who  suffer  and  the  wicked  who 
prosper.  This  same  bold  line  of  reasoning  has  been  am- 


The  Crisis  of  Faith:  A  Case  Study  in  the  Book  of  Job 


91 


plified  by  many  of  Israel’s  prophets.  Jeremiah  prayed, 
“You  will  be  in  the  right,  O  Lord,  when  I  lay  charges 
against  you;  but  let  me  put  my  case  to  you.  Why  does 
the  way  of  the  guilty  prosper?  Why  do  all  who  are 
treacherous  thrive?”  (Jeremiah  12:1).  That  is  indeed 
the  cry  of  history.  The  just  and  righteous  don’t  always 
flourish,  and  the  wicked  are  not  always  punished — at 
least  in  our  lifetimes. 

The  dialogue  continues  as  Eliphaz  launches  one  final 
assault  against  Job  in  an  effort  to  prove  his  point,  “  Ts  not 
your  wickedness  great?  There  is  no  end  to  your  iniqui¬ 
ties’  ”  (Job  22:5).  Job’s  friends  are  persistent — because 
his  suffering  is  so  great  he  must  be  terribly  wicked!  Such 
being  the  case,  Eliphaz  tells  Job,  “  ‘Agree  with  God,  and 
be  at  peace;  in  this  way  good  will  come  to  you’  ”  (22:21). 

Job  Seeks  to  Argue  His  Case  Before  God.  But 
Job  remains  resolute.  Almost  as  if  he  didn’t  even  hear 
Eliphaz,  he  prays: 

“Today  also  my  complaint  is  bitter; 
his  hand  is  heavy  despite  my  groaning. 

Oh,  that  I  knew  where  I  might  find  him, 
that  I  might  come  even  to  his  dwelling! 

I  would  lay  my  case  before  him, 
and  fill  my  mouth  with  arguments.” 

23:2-4 

Once  again  Job’s  request  is  clear  and  insistent.  There 
is  only  one  answer  to  his  dilemma;  he  wants  to  argue  his 
case  before  God  face-to-face.  He  prays  here  as  if  God  was 
his  Friend — one  who  understands  his  need.  “Job  rejects 
the  secular  solution  to  holiness.  He  will  not  curse  God. 


92 


Prayer — Between  Friends 


He  rejects  the  religious  solution  to  his  problem.  He  will 
not  curse  himself.  He  chooses  a  third  way.  He  would  ar¬ 
gue  with  God.”  (Jen  Palmer,  student  paper  written  at 
Stamford  University.) 

Now,  as  we  have  probed  at  the  meaning  behind  this 
remarkable  old  book,  we  can  begin  to  understand  why  it 
gives  us  such  a  splendid  case  study  of  the  dynamics  of 
prayer.  Here  Job  asks  for  the  right  to  pray,  and  for  him 
prayer  is  fundamentally  an  encounter  between  an  ordi¬ 
nary  person  and  the  Lord  who  hears.  For  Job,  prayer  is 
not  easy,  and  he  struggles  to  find  God.  Nevertheless,  he 
reaches  out  almost  frantically  to  the  Lord.  In  his  distress 
he  isn’t  sure  the  Lord  is  his  friend,  but  Job  trusts  him 
enough  to  want  to  argue  with  him. 

On  and  on  the  dialogue  goes  between  Job  and  his 
friends.  Finally  Bildad  comes  up  with  the  harshest  of  all 
speeches  as  he  concludes  that  Job  will  never  find  God  and 
be  in  a  right  relationship  with  him.  Bildad’s  skepticism 
and  cynicism  come  through  in  these  words,  “  'How  then 
can  a  mortal  be  righteous  before  God?  How  can  one  born 
of  woman  be  pure?  If  even  the  moon  is  not  bright,  and  the 
stars  are  not  pure  in  his  sight,  how  much  less  a  mortal, 
who  is  a  maggot,  and  a  human  being,  who  is  a  worm!’  ” 
(25:4-6). 

How  often  have  you  heard  someone  say,  "I  feel  like  a 
worm”?  It  isn’t  true  now  any  more  than  it  was  true  in 
Job’s  day.  There  is,  of  course,  a  vast  contrast  between 
ourselves  and  God.  Yes,  any  righteousness  we  might  have 
counts  for  little  in  the  bright  light  of  God’s  truth.  But  we 
are  not  maggots  or  worms  in  God’s  sight.  He  loves  us 
even  though  we  are  wayward;  our  lostness  does  not  min¬ 
imize  our  worth. 

After  these  harsh  statements  by  Bildad,  Job  launches 
into  the  longest  speech  in  the  entire  book  (26-31).  Once 


The  Crisis  of  Faith:  A  Case  Study  in  the  Book  of  Job 


93 


again  Job  insists  that  he  will  accept  justice  only  from 
God,  not  from  his  counselors  and  friends,  as  he  belabors 
his  case.  Finally,  silence  prevails. 

At  that  point  a  new  voice  is  heard.  Evidently,  “Elihu, 
son  of  Barachel  the  Buzite,  of  the  family  of  Ram”  had 
been  a  silent  onlooker  and  listener.  The  writer  tells  us 
that  Elihu  “was  angry  at  Job  because  he  justified  himself 
rather  than  God;  he  was  angry  also  at  Job’s  three  friends 
because  they  had  found  no  answer,  though  they  had  de¬ 
clared  Job  to  be  in  the  wrong”  (32:2,  3). 

In  his  anger  Elihu  denounces  all  of  the  older  men,  but 
as  we  listen  to  him  we  discover  that  he  has  nothing  new 
to  add  to  the  dialogue.  It  is  just  more  of  the  same  dreary 
rehash  that  has  polluted  the  atmosphere  throughout  the 
lengthy  discussion  (32-37).  After  Elihu  has  gone  on  at 
considerable  length,  the  Lord  moves  into  the  scene.  Job 
has  been  wanting  to  find  God,  now  God  finds  him:  “Then 
the  Lord  answered  Job  out  of  the  whirlwind:  ‘Who  is  this 
that  darkens  counsel  by  words  without  knowledge?  Gird 
up  your  loins  like  a  man,  I  will  question  you,  and  you 
shall  declare  to  me’  ”  (38:1-3).  Then  follows  God’s  mag¬ 
nificent  challenge  to  Job  (38-41). 

Earlier  I  referred  to  Job’s  crisis  of  bafflement,  in 
which  he  clung  tenaciously  to  his  relationship  with 
God,  in  spite  of  his  tragic  circumstances,  his  own  ques¬ 
tions,  and  the  counsel  of  his  wife  and  friends.  Through 
all  of  this  Job  simply  held  on — his  integrity  intact  even 
though  he  had  no  visible  support.  What  an  amazing  dis¬ 
play  of  raw  faith! 


Faith  in  Action 

Karl  Barth,  one  of  our  century’s  greatest  theologians, 
gave  this  amazing  definition  of  faith,  which  helps  me  to 


94 


Prayer — Between  Friends 


understand  Job  just  a  little  bit:  “Faith  occurs  when  I  hold 
fast  to  Christ  in  spite  of  all  that  contradicts  faith.”2  The 
first  time  I  read  that  sentence  I  thought,  Barth,  you  must 
be  wrong.  You  meant  to  say  that  faith  occurs  when  I  hold 
fast  to  Christ  because  of  all  the  encouragement  I  receive 
from  the  church,  from  the  witness  of  my  friends,  and  from 
all  of  the  biblical  authorities.  But  that  isn’t  what  Karl 
Barth  wrote,  and  after  reading  the  Book  of  Job  I  believe 
that  Barth  was  right.  Faith  is  the  experience  that  occurs 
when  we  hold  fast  to  Christ  in  spite  of  the  bad  advice  we 
receive  from  friends,  and  faith  enables  us  to  pray  when 
everyone  tells  us  that  prayer  has  no  value. 

Now,  that  isn’t  to  say  that  we  always  receive  bad  ad¬ 
vice  in  the  course  of  our  Christian  walk.  And  how  thank¬ 
ful  we  can  be  for  the  faithfulness  of  the  church,  for 
without  it  we  wouldn’t  have  our  Bible,  and  we  would  not 
have  heard  the  good  news.  However,  if  we  are  to  have 
faith  in  Jesus  Christ,  we  must  still  have  it  in  spite  of  the 
church  as  much  as  because  of  it. 

People  are  sorely  misguided  who  insist  they  cannot 
have  faith  in  Christ  because  of  a  bad  parent  or  an  inept 
Sunday-school  teacher.  Remember,  we  are  to  hold  fast  to 
Christ  in  spite  of  all  that  seems  to  contradict  that  faith  in 
his  faithfulness.  Authentic  faith  is  bold,  and  when  we 
dare  to  pray,  we  do  so  with  confidence  in  the  goodness 
and  trustworthiness  of  Jesus  Christ. 

This  is  precisely  why  the  Book  of  Job  is  so  profoundly 
messianic.  In  his  heartbreaking  distress  Job  is  deeply 
disappointed  by  his  wife  and  his  pious  friends.  In  his 
desperation  he  cries  out  for  a  meeting — a  conversation — 
with  God.  Nothing  else  matters.  He  must  meet  the  Lord 
God  himself.  Only  God  can  resolve  the  baffling  questions 
of  life.  The  grand  surprise  in  Job’s  story  is  that  God 
grants  his  request — he  answered  Job’s  prayer! 


The  Crisis  of  Faith:  A  Case  Study  in  the  Book  of  Job 


95 


Job  gives  us  a  clear  message — when  for  whatever  rea¬ 
son,  suffering  and  hard  times  or  any  other  crisis  of  faith 
confronts  us,  we  are  to  cling  tenaciously  to  the  faithful¬ 
ness  and  love  of  God,  in  spite  of  everything  that  seems  to 
contradict  it.  Indeed,  contradictions  are  a  part  of  life. 
While  we  cannot  resolve  every  thoughtful  or  troubling 
question  that  plagues  us,  we  can  call  out  to  God. 

Prayer  is  that  “call  to  God”  in  which  we  blurt  out  our 
deepest  feelings.  In  it  we  ask  our  most  difficult  and  per¬ 
plexing  questions  and  express  our  most  painful  alone- 
ness.  Then  we,  like  Job,  experience  the  electrifying 
awareness  that  the  God  of  our  prayers  is  our  Friend. 


8 


Surprised  by  Hope: 
Job,  a  Book  of  Prayer 


When  Bad  Things  Happen  to  Good  People ,  a  book  by 
Harold  Kushner,  wrestles  with  the  problem  of  human 
suffering.  While  I  don’t  go  along  with  the  main  thesis  of 
the  book,  I  do  believe  he  offers  some  intriguing  insights 
to  the  Job  story. 

Kushner  reasons  that  Job’s  friends  and  advisors  had 
developed  a  worldview  in  which  God  is  good  and  good 
things  happen  to  good  people.  Consequently,  when  bad 
things  happen  to  people,  it  must  be  because  they  them¬ 
selves  are  bad.  This  explains  their  counsel  to  Job,  which 
said  in  effect,  “Job,  just  admit  how  bad  you  are.  Then 
possibly  God  will  help  you,  because  God  is  good.” 

With  regard  to  Job’s  worldview,  Kushner  makes  the 
following  comment:  “Job  for  his  part  is  unwilling  to  hold 
the  world  together  theologically  by  admitting  that  he  is 
the  villain  ...  He  is  not  prepared  to  lie  to  save  God’s 
reputation.”1 1  believe  this  is  correct,  because  Job,  on  one 


98 


Prayer— -Between  Friends 


side  of  this  dramatic  equation,  refuses  to  curse  God  and 
die.  On  the  other  side  of  this  equation  he  refuses  to  curse 
himself.  Instead,  as  we  have  seen  in  our  overview  of  the 
Book  of  Job,  he  holds  out  for  a  personal  confrontation 
with  God  himself.  Now,  as  we  come  at  Job’s  story  from  a 
slightly  different  perspective,  we  will  gain  further  in¬ 
sight  into  our  discussion  on  prayer. 

As  Job  repeatedly  determines  to  put  his  case  only  be¬ 
fore  God,  it  becomes  clear  that  he  regards  God  as  the  final 
authority;  and  he  most  certainly  isn’t  interested  in  con¬ 
sulting  with  Satan,  even  though  he  caused  Job’s  trouble. 
Job  knows  full  well  that  any  and  all  other  powers  in 
heaven  or  earth  are  secondary,  and  he  is  only  interested 
in  talking  to  the  true  source  of  his  crisis,  who  is  also  his 
only  true  source  of  hope. 

God  Takes  Over 

As  we  have  already  discovered,  some  intriguing  sur¬ 
prises  surface  toward  the  end  of  Job’s  story.  At  the  be¬ 
ginning  of  chapter  38,  God  interrupted  the  lengthy 
speech  of  young  Elihu.  Most  certainly,  Elihu  comes  across 
as  the  most  self-righteous  of  Job’s  friends.  I  can’t  help  but 
wonder  if  the  Lord’s  interruption  at  this  point  signals 
that  the  pious  advice  of  Job’s  friends,  who  had  attempted 
so  carefully  to  protect  God’s  honor  and  privilege,  bored 
him.  So  with  exciting  abruptness  God  takes  over  and 
speaks  directly  to  Job.  God’s  dialogue  with  Job  dominates 
the  rest  of  the  story. 

As  I  reflect  on  this  in  my  imagination,  I  can  envision  a 
courtroom  scene  in  which  the  arguments  of  the  prosecu¬ 
tion  and  defense  attorneys  grind  on  endlessly  and  with 
boring  monotony  and  detail.  Finally,  the  presiding  judge 
interrupts  the  proceedings  and  says,  “I’ve  heard  enough. 


Surprised  by  Hope:  Job,  a  Book  of  Prayer 


99 


The  court  is  now  ready  to  announce  its  decision.”  Such  a 
moment  of  surprise  and  tension  would  be  likely  to  cause 
consternation,  as  there  were  more  witnesses  to  testify. 
But  the  judge  had  heard  enough  and  had  formulated  his 
decision. 

Five  Surprises 

God’s  Response.  Now,  God  has  interrupted  and 
moved  in.  He  is  prepared  to  act.  And  the  first  surprise  for 
us  in  this  encounter  between  God  and  Job  is  that  God 
doesn’t  answer  the  two  questions  on  everyone’s  mind: 
Why  is  Job  suffering ?  and,  What  must  he  do  to  make  the 
suffering  stop?  These  were  key  questions  for  Job,  and 
they  are  for  us,  in  our  times  of  pain  and  suffering.  But 
God  remains  silent  on  them. 

The  important  thing,  though,  is  that  God  does  respond 
to  Job’s  most  urgent  prayer.  Four  significant  things  hap¬ 
pen  in  the  divine  encounter  between  God  and  Job.  First, 
though  we  might  miss  it  unless  we  are  aware  of  certain 
customs  in  ancient  Israel,  God  tells  Job  to  stand  up  like 
a  man  and  talk  to  him.  Remember,  Job  is  afflicted  with 
boils,  and  in  those  days  such  a  disorder  was  a  symptom  of 
a  systemic  disease  that  demanded  social  isolation.  This  is 
why  Job  had  set  himself  apart  in  sackcloth  and  ashes.  He 
was  an  unclean,  repelling  sight.  But  Job’s  condition  nei¬ 
ther  embarrasses  nor  repels  God,  and  twice  he  tells  Job  to 
stand  up  like  a  man  and  talk  to  him  (Job  38:3;  40:7). 

The  Grand  Tour.  The  second  surprise  in  the  en¬ 
counter  is  the  content  of  the  conversation  that  now  takes 
place.  In  effect,  God  takes  Job  on  a  grand  tour  of  the 
created  order: 


100 


Prayer — Between  Friends 


“Where  were  you  when  I  laid  the  foundation  of  the 
earth? 

Tell  me,  if  you  have  understanding. 

Who  determined  its  measurements — surely  you  know! 

Or  who  stretched  the  line  upon  it? 

On  what  were  its  bases  sunk, 
or  who  laid  its  cornerstone 
when  the  morning  stars  sang  together 
and  all  the  heavenly  beings  shouted  for  joy? 

Or  who  shut  in  the  sea  with  doors 
when  it  burst  out  from  the  womb? — 
when  I  made  the  clouds  its  garment, 
and  thick  darkness  its  swaddling  band, 
and  prescribed  bounds  for  it.  .  .  .” 


38:4-10 

What  a  vivid  picture  God  presents  as  the  Creator  him¬ 
self  takes  Job  on  an  expansive  journey  through  what  he 
has  made!  Job  and  his  heavenly  Guide  journey  from  the 
beginning  places  of  the  earth's  foundation,  to  the  estab¬ 
lishment  of  the  ocean  and  its  boundaries,  to  the  sky,  the 
stars,  and  the  animal  kingdom.  God  shows  off  all  of  these 
wonders  to  his  sickly  friend. 

I  don’t  know  about  you,  but  here  an  amazing  incongru¬ 
ity  strikes  me.  Open  wounds  and  boils  cover  Job’s  body; 
he  has  finally  received  his  request  to  meet  God,  and  Job 
is  going  to  lay  out  his  case.  But  before  he  even  has  a 
chance  to  speak,  God  takes  him  on  this  journey.  It  seems 
strange  and  quite  inappropriate,  until  we  can  understand 
what  is  happening  to  Job  in  the  psychological  and  spiri¬ 
tual  core  of  his  human  nature  in  the  presence  of  God. 

I  recall  my  years  as  a  seminary  student  at  Princeton, 
from  1953-1956.  Since  my  family  was  on  the  West  Coast, 


Surprised  by  Hope:  Job,  a  Book  of  Prayer 


101 


our  communication  was  primarily  through  the  mail. 
Phone  rates  for  long  distance  were  much  higher  then, 
and  as  a  result  I  think  I  made  only  three  or  four  long¬ 
distance  calls  home  during  those  three  years. 

My  father’s  brother  lived  in  Connecticut,  and  I  often 
spent  holidays  with  him  and  my  grandmother  while  I 
was  at  Princeton.  My  uncle  loved  to  talk  on  the  phone, 
and  on  every  visit,  he  would  say,  “Well,  let’s  call  the 
folks.”  It  seemed  to  me  then  that  he  had  no  concept  of 
time  or  of  the  cost  of  his  calls. 

His  typical  conversation  with  my  father  went  some¬ 
thing  like  this,  “Hello,  Ward!  I’m  having  a  terrible  time 
with  my  string  beans.  I’ve  got  the  crook-neck  squash  in, 
and  they’re  doing  well,  but  the  zucchinis  aren’t  like  last 
year.  I’ve  got  butternut  squash  coming  out  of  my  ears. 
Incidentally,  there’s  a  lot  of  crabgrass  in  my  front  lawn, 
and  I  don’t  know  what  to  do  about  it.  And  the  Haw¬ 
thorn  roses  are  taking  over  the  west  wall.  Oh,  by  the 
way,  I  heard  Dr.  Peale  last  Sunday  when  I  was  in  New 
York. . . .” 

While  I  didn’t  appreciate  it  then,  I  now  realize  that  this 
is  the  right  way  to  visit  over  the  telephone.  This  is  the 
best  way  to  get  inside  each  other’s  lives — by  recounting 
the  little  things,  the  apparent  trivia,  as  though  you  were 
sitting  together  visiting  on  the  front  porch. 

Now,  God  does  precisely  that  with  Job.  As  I  read  this 
part  of  the  story,  I  see  God  talking  with  a  friend.  In  effect, 
he  says,  “Job,  stand  up  on  your  feet  like  a  man.  I’m  going 
to  show  you  around  this  world  of  mine.  Look  over  there  at 
the  sun.  Isn’t  that  marvelous?  And  look  at  the  sky  today. 
Did  you  see  Orion  and  the  other  constellations?  How 
about  Planet  Earth?  The  sea,  for  instance.  Isn’t  it  amaz¬ 
ing  how  I  set  up  all  of  the  boundaries  to  hold  the  sea  in? 
Incidentally,  I’m  especially  proud  of  the  animals  I  ere- 


102 


Prayer — Between  Friends 


ated.  Look  at  that  hippopotamus.  Isn’t  he  something? 
There  is  Leviathan  in  the  ocean.  He’s  giving  me  some 
trouble,  but  I  can  control  him.  .  .  .” 

I  see  that  as  the  inner  mood  of  the  whole  dialogue. 
Many  readers  of  the  Book  of  Job  at  first  feel  disappoint¬ 
ment  that  God  doesn’t  do  and  say  more— at  least  address 
the  painful  issues  that  plague  the  minds  of  Job  and  his 
friends.  But  they  fail  to  realize  that  God  is  doing  some¬ 
thing  very  significant  here  as  he  takes  Job  on  a  journey, 
as  one  friend  would  another. 

We  must  not  wrongly  interpret  the  interrogative  por¬ 
tions  of  this  dialogue  as  God  says,  “  ‘Where  were  you 
when  I  created? . .  .  Tell  me  if  you  understand. . .  . 
Surely  you  know. .  . .’”  I  don’t  agree  with  some  inter¬ 
preters’  suggestion  that  God  was  trying  to  humiliate 
Job.  Certainly,  further  humiliation  is  not  what  Job 
needs.  We  also  know  from  the  context  of  these  sen¬ 
tences  that  this  is  not  God’s  intention,  because  in  the 
end  the  Lord  commends  Job  in  front  of  his  stern  and 
unbending  spiritual  friends.  Job  is  the  one  who  was 
right;  his  friends  were  wrong. 

We  know  in  moving  on  through  the  story  that  Job  does 
repent  before  the  Lord,  but  his  repentance  is  caused  by 
the  fact  that  he  has  seen  the  Lord,  not  because  the  Lord 
or  circumstances  humiliated  him.  This  is  the  way  the 
Lord  Jesus  draws  us  toward  repentance.  We  see  his  grace, 
his  love,  and  his  truth,  and  then  we  recognize  our  pro¬ 
found  need  of  his  wholeness  and  forgiveness.  This  hap¬ 
pened  to  the  jailer  at  the  prison  in  Philippi.  Based  on  the 
marvelous  witness  of  Paul  and  Silas,  the  jailer  asked, 
“  ‘.  .  .  Sirs,  what  must  I  do  to  be  saved?’  ”  (Acts  16:30). 
These  words  came  from  a  man  who  experienced  generous 
love — not  a  belittled  and  humiliated  man. 


Surprised  by  Hope:  Job,  a  Book  of  Prayer 


103 


Job  Is  Satisfied.  There  are  three  more  surprises 
in  the  encounter  between  God  and  Job.  At  the  conclusion 
of  God’s  message  for  Job,  we  discover  that  while  at  first 
glance  God  doesn’t  seem  to  answer  all  of  his  questions, 
Job  is  completely  satisfied.  Let’s  take  a  look  at  what  Job 
says  to  God: 

“I  know  that  you  can  do  all  things,  and  that  no  pur¬ 
pose  of  yours  can  be  thwarted.  ‘Who  is  this  that  hides 
counsel  without  knowledge?’  Therefore  I  have  ut¬ 
tered  what  I  did  not  understand,  things  too  wonder¬ 
ful  for  me,  which  I  did  not  know.  ‘Hear,  and  I  will 
speak;  I  will  question  you,  and  you  declare  to  me.’  I 
had  heard  of  you  by  the  hearing  of  the  ear,  but  now 
my  eye  sees  you.’  ” 

Job  42:2-5 

The  final  part  of  Job’s  reply  to  God  is  mistranslated  in 
our  version  where  it  reads,  .  .  therefore  I  despise  my¬ 
self,  and  repent  in  dust  and  ashes”  (42:6,  italics  mine). 
The  words  “despise”  and  “repent”  have  much  deeper  sig¬ 
nificance  in  the  anicent  Hebrew.  Probably  a  better  trans¬ 
lation  is  the  same  idea  present  in  the  Book  of  Acts  when 
Peter  preached  his  sermon  on  the  Day  of  Pentecost.  At 
the  conclusion  of  the  sermon,  Luke  writes,  “.  .  .  they  were 
cut  to  the  heart  . .  .”  (Acts  2:37).  What  Job  says  here 
could  be  translated,  “I  have  been  cut  to  the  heart  and 
have  found  myself  now  that  I  have  you.” 

This  is  similar  to  what  happened  to  Isaiah  when  he 
met  the  Lord,  and  cried,  “  Woe  is  me!  I  am  lost,  for  I  am 
a  man  of  unclean  lips  .  .  .’  ”  (Isaiah  6:5,  italics  mine). 
When  he  realizes  he  has  met  the  Christ,  Peter  exclaims, 
“  ‘Go  away  from  me,  Lord,  for  I  am  a  sinful  man!’  ”  (Luke 
5:8).  Both  Isaiah  and  Peter  were  “cut  to  the  heart.” 

For  Job,  though,  there  is  a  shock  of  recognition  as  he 


104 


Prayer — Between  Friends 


sees  God  and  as  he  sees  himself.  Job  is  satisfied;  he  has 
met  the  Lord.  But  even  more  profoundly,  the  Lord  has 
met  Job  and  shown  himself  to  him. 

God  Honors  Job  for  Being  Truthful.  The  next 
surprise  comes  in  God’s  statement  to  Eliphaz,  . .  ‘My 
wrath  is  kindled  against  you,  and  against  your  two 
friends;  for  you  have  not  spoken  of  me  what  is  right,  as 
my  servant  Job  has’  ”  (Job  42:7).  Here  God  honors  Job  as 
a  faithful  servant  who  has  spoken  the  truth.  By  contrast, 
Job’s  three  friends  have  said  things  that  were  true  in 
some  instances;  but  when  put  together,  they  were  false. 
Each  of  us  needs  to  explore  and  understand  this  impor¬ 
tant  principle.  Many  people  who  are  participants  in  a 
confrontation  will  say  something  to  another  person  that 
may  be  true,  when  taken  by  itself,  yet  it  is  false  when 
seen  in  its  total  context.  Many  of  the  hurtful  statements 
we  throw  at  one  another  have  this  apparently  righteous 
content,  from  our  “superior”  point  of  view. 

The  Book  of  Job  helps  me  realize  just  how  pastorally 
complicated  it  is  to  be  a  counselor  and  friend  to  the  people 
around  me.  I  used  to  think  that  the  only  test  of  commu¬ 
nication  was  “Is  it  true?”  But  now  I  know  it  just  isn’t  that 
simple.  For  example,  when  the  Van  Damm  family,  in 
Amsterdam,  heard  a  knock  on  their  door  in  1944  and 
opened  it,  a  member  of  the  German  Gestapo  confronted 
them:  “We’ve  heard  that  there  is  a  Jewish  family  in  your 
house.  Have  you  hidden  a  Jewish  family?” 

The  truth  was,  at  that  very  moment  the  family  of  Anne 
Frank  was  hidden  in  an  upstairs  secret  compartment  of 
the  house.  The  Gestapo  questions  posed  a  dilemma  for 
the  Van  Damm  family.  Should  they  simply  tell  the  truth? 
As  moral  people,  should  they  say,  “Yes,  there  is  a  Jewish 
family  hidden  upstairs”? 


Surprised  by  Hope:  Job,  a  Book  of  Prayer 


105 


On  the  surface,  that  affirmative  answer  was  true,  but  it 
would  have  been  false  on  a  deeper  level,  because  the  evil 
intention  of  the  occupation  police  force  had  to  be  weighed 
upon  a  larger  biblical  and  ethical  balance  scale.  Poet 
William  Blake  wrestled  with  this  same  idea  when  he 
wrote,  “A  truth  that’s  told  with  bad  intent  beats  all  the 
lies  you  can  invent.” 

An  additional  fact  emerges  in  the  concluding  drama  of 
the  Job  story  as  we  catch  the  truth  that  the  one  who  was 
most  afflicted  had  become  in  the  end  the  one  with  the 
deepest  insight.  Job,  who  on  the  surface  seemed  to  have 
reason  to  be  the  most  angry  at  God,  had  in  fact  spoken 
the  greatest  truth  about  God.  This  comes  through  clearly 
in  the  Lord’s  conversation  with  Eliphaz. 

In  the  Job  story  it  isn’t  the  people  who  appear  to  be  the 
best  off  and  who  seem  to  have  the  best  relationship  with 
God  who  most  often  speak  the  truth.  This  fact  can  awaken 
a  new  awareness  to  our  own  evaluations  of  others.  We 
must  remain  open  to  the  idea  that  the  person  who  is 
unable  to  pray  easily,  who  is  unable  to  readily  express 
thanks  to  God,  or  who  seems  to  be  troubled  by  God  may 
in  fact  be  expressing  the  deepest  truth  about  and  to  God. 

The  Lord’s  endorsement  of  Job  should  silence  once  and 
for  all  the  false  disqualifers  that  a  person  with  problems 
cannot  possibly  have  truth  to  share  with  someone  else, 
that  the  person  in  crisis  should  only  receive  advice,  not 
give  it.  Certainly,  for  those  of  us  who  have  had  our  mo¬ 
ments  of  feeling  desperately  inadequate,  this  word  of  the 
Lord  to  Job  is  good  news,  because  in  his  times  of  greatest 
crisis,  Job  had  the  word  of  truth  for  us. 

Job  Had  Asked  the  Right  Questions.  One  final 
surprise  appears  in  the  closing  words  of  Job’s  story.  When 
God  told  Eliphaz  that  he  was  angry  with  him  and  his 


106 


Prayer — Between  Friends 


other  two  friends,  because  they  hadn't  spoken  the  truth, 
but  Job  had,  it  comes  through  clearly  that  while  God 
hadn't  given  Job  an  answer  to  his  questions,  Job  had 
asked  the  right  questions. 

What  is  the  meaning  for  us  here?  Job  didn’t  get  an 
answer  to  his  question  about  suffering,  but  he  got  some¬ 
thing  better!  Job  met  God.  While  he  didn’t  get  answers  to 
his  deepest  questions,  he  did  have  a  divine  encounter 
with  the  One  to  whom  we  can  direct  all  of  our  questions. 

That  is  the  key  point  of  the  entire  Book  of  Job.  Many 
people  have  suffered  in  the  centuries  since  Job  had  his 
trials,  and  we  must  always  question  the  injustices  that 
prevail  in  our  world,  but  in  reality  no  answers  really 
satisfy  us.  Instead,  the  Bible  gives  us  something  far  bet¬ 
ter  as  it  presents  the  Person  who  suffers  with  us.  In  this 
way,  Job  received  a  down  payment  of  the  deeper  answer 
that  was  to  come  centuries  later — the  One  who  would 
identify  totally  with  Job. 

All  this  leads  me  to  say  that  I  believe  the  Book  of  Job 
is  the  most  messianic  of  all  the  Old  Testament  books.  At 
the  same  time,  it  is  the  most  profound  of  the  prayer  books, 
because  it  is  the  story  of  a  person  who  will  not  be  satisfied 
with  anything  less  than  a  personal  encounter  with  God. 
Job  the  man  and  Job  the  book  invite  all  who  read  the 
story  into  an  experience  of  vital  prayer.  Job  is  met  by 
God,  and  he  meets  God — his  Friend.  This  ancient  meet¬ 
ing  prepares  each  of  us  who  read  the  story  of  that  en¬ 
counter  to  discover  that  Job's  deepest  yearning  will  be 
fulfilled  in  Jesus  of  Nazareth,  the  One  who  will  suffer 
even  more  than  Job  did. 

That  is  the  power  of  prayer!  Saint  Paul  described  this 
deeper  meaning  when  he  wrote  to  the  Christians  in 
Philippi: 


Surprised  by  Hope:  Job,  a  Book  of  Prayer 


107 


Let  the  same  mind  be  in  you  that  was  in  Christ 
Jesus,  who,  though  he  was  in  the  form  of  God,  did 
not  regard  equality  with  God  as  something  to  be 
exploited,  but  emptied  himself,  taking  the  form  of  a 
slave,  being  born  in  human  likeness.  And  being 
found  in  human  form,  he  humbled  himself  and  be¬ 
came  obedient  to  the  point  of  death — even  death  on 
a  cross. 

Philippians  2:5-8 

Jesus  here  identified  with  people  even  to  death  by  Roman 
crucifixion.  This  is  the  reason  why  Jesus  is  the  One  who 
is  most  able  to  identify  with  us.  We  don’t  have  an  answer 
to  the  problem  of  suffering  and  evil,  but  we  have  Jesus 
Christ,  who  suffered  for  and  with  us.  We  have  the  Man 
for  the  crisis,  and  Job  experienced  the  beginnings  of  that 
hope. 


The  Happy  Ending 

The  happy  ending  of  the  Book  of  Job  (42:10-17)  dis¬ 
pleases  some  Bible  interpreters.  Here  we  read  that  the 
Lord  restored  Job’s  fortunes.  In  fact,  he  received  twice  as 
much  as  he  had  before.  The  writer  adds,  “The  Lord 
blessed  the  latter  days  of  Job  more  than  his  beginning; 
and  he  had  fourteen  thousand  sheep,  six  thousand  cam¬ 
els,  a  thousand  yoke  of  oxen,  and  a  thousand  donkeys.  He 
also  had  seven  sons  and  three  daughters”  (42:12,  13). 

Professor  Francis  Andersen  observes  about  the  conclu¬ 
sion  of  the  Job  story: 

Some  scholars  have  complained  that  the  story  is  ru¬ 
ined  by  the  happy  ending.  As  if  the  author  had 
slipped  back  into  the  crude  theology  of  punishments 
and  rewards  which  it  was  his  aim  in  the  discourse  to 


108 


Prayer — Between  Friends 


discredit.  .  .  .  These  gifts  at  the  end  are  gestures  of 
grace,  not  rewards  of  virtue.  It  is  an  artistic,  indeed 
theological  fitness,  if  not  necessity,  that  Job’s  vindi¬ 
cation  be  not  just  a  personal  and  hidden  reconcilia¬ 
tion  with  God  in  the  secret  of  his  soul,  but  also 
visible,  material,  historical  in  terms  of  his  life  as 
man.  It  was  already  a  kind  of  resurrection  in  the 
flesh  as  much  as  the  Old  Testament  could  know. 

Job’s  complete  vindication  had  to  wait  until  the  res» 
urrection  of  Lazarus  and  of  a  greater  than  Lazarus.2 

At  this  point  in  my  own  Christian  pilgrimage  I  am 
convinced  that  from  God  Job  received  personal  confirma¬ 
tion  of  what  Saint  Paul  would  later  call  grace:  the  sur¬ 
prise  gift  of  love  that  assures  us  of  God’s  love.  To 
recognize  this  is  to  confront  the  very  core  of  what  prayer 
is  all  about. 

Prayer  is  not  power;  it  is  our  relationship  with  the 
Friend  who  has  all  power.  This  relationship  has  more 
importance  than  answers  to  our  particular  questions. 
Questions  and  answers  are  temporary  at  best;  the  rela¬ 
tionship  is  permanent.  This  does  not  downgrade  our  ques¬ 
tions  about  life,  but  it  puts  them  into  the  larger  and  more 
lasting  context  of  the  goodness  and  faithfulness  of  God. 


Part  III 


Praying  in  Jesus’  Name 


9 


Teach  Us  to  Pray 


Prayer  is  for  amateurs;  it  is  not  an  art  form  that  has 
more  power  in  it  if  the  pray-er  learns  and  masters  certain 
secrets.  It  does  not  require  ritual  or  religious  skill,  be¬ 
cause  it  is  the  language  of  relationship  between  ordinary 
human  beings  and  the  Lord  of  Life. 

The  sacred  Scriptures  of  the  Old  Testament  invite  us  to 
pray:  “Come  now,  let  us  argue  it  out,  says  the  Lord  .  .  .” 
(Isaiah  1:18).  Jesus  Christ  offers  the  same  invitation  to 
the  human  family:  “  ‘Ask  and  it  will  be  given  you;  search, 
and  you  will  find;  knock  and  the  door  will  be  opened  for 
you’  ”  (Matthew  7:7). 


The  Model  Prayer 

In  the  New  Testament  we  find  the  prayer  Jesus  taught 
his  followers  for  their  daily  use  (Matthew  6:9-13). 
Throughout  the  history  of  Christendom  it  has  remained  a 


112 


Prayer — Between  Friends 


vital  prayer-song  for  believers,  much  used  in  Christian 
worship.  Many  who  have  just  entered  the  journey  of  faith 
have  used  this  prayer  as  a  first  expression  of  trust. 

We  who  live  in  the  twentieth  century  have  what  is 
commonly  called  the  Lord’s  Prayer  because  of  the  witness 
of  the  New  Testament  Gospels  of  Matthew  and  Luke. 
Before  giving  this  prayer  to  his  first  disciples,  Jesus  spoke 
a  warning  and  a  promise.  He  bluntly  warned  his  disciples 
to  say  what  they  meant,  when  they  prayed,  and  to  say  it 
simply,  with  a  few  words.  He  also  told  them  God  would 
hear.  Such  a  warning  and  promise  assure  that  our  heav¬ 
enly  Father  knows  us  well. 

All  Jesus’  teaching  about  prayer  made  it  clear  that  God 
isn’t  honored  by  senseless  and  monotonous  repetition. 
We  don’t  need  to  remind  God  of  his  existence  and  of  his 
greatness.  Nor  do  we  need  to  repeat  our  requests  obses¬ 
sively.  The  God  who  knows  us  well  knows  our  needs, 
too. 

The  theological  and  psychological  implications  of  Je¬ 
sus’  teaching  about  prayer  are  very  important  for  us  to¬ 
day.  He  has  shown  us  that  neither  emotional  nor 
intellectual  intensity  guarantees  truth.  Voluminous 
words  and  passionate  feeling  are  not  tests  of  reality.  On 
one  occasion  Martin  Luther  said  our  prayers  should  be 
“brief,  frequent,  and  intense.”  Centuries  before  the  great 
Reformer  spoke  those  words  of  wisdom,  Jesus  gave  us  his 
magnificent  model  prayer:  the  Lord’s  Prayer. 

The  writer  of  Matthew’s  Gospel  gives  us  these  words  of 
Jesus: 

“When  you  are  praying,  do  not  heap  up  empty 
phrases  as  the  Gentiles  do;  for  they  think  that  they 
will  be  heard  because  of  their  many  words.  Do  not  be 


Teach  Us  to  Pray 


113 


like  them,  for  your  Father  knows  what  you  need 
before  you  ask  him. 

“Pray  then  in  this  way: 

Our  Father  in  heaven, 
hallowed  [central]  be  your  name. 

Your  kingdom  come, 

Your  will  be  done, 
on  earth  as  it  is  in  heaven. 

Give  us  this  day  our  daily  bread. 

And  forgive  us  our  debts, 
as  we  also  have  forgiven  our  debtors. 

And  do  not  bring  us  to  the  time  of  trial, 
but  rescue  us  from  the  evil  one.” 

Matthew  6:7-13 

The  prayer  is  brief,  very  personal,  but  not  private  or 
singular.  For  example,  you  and  I  can  sit  or  kneel  side  by 
side,  with  each  of  us  praying  the  same  words — it  is  my 
prayer,  but  at  the  same  time  it  is  yours.  These  words  of 
Jesus  have  an  expansive  and  universal  ring  to  them,  yet 
they  honor  human  uniqueness  and  individuality.  At  the 
same  time  this  simple  prayer  stands  in  stark  contrast  to 
the  pattern  prevalent  in  the  first-century  Roman  and 
Greek  world. 

The  Pagan  View  of  Prayer 

Jesus  had  already  warned  his  disciples  to  avoid  “empty 
phrases”  and  “many  words,”  because  of  the  confusing  ef¬ 
fect  of  the  religious  intoxication  of  the  time.  There  was  a 
widespread  belief  in  many  different  gods  and  goddesses, 
along  with,  in  certain  cities  of  the  empire,  the  mandated 
worship  of  the  Roman  emperors.  Greek  and  Roman  my¬ 
thology  was  very  complex  and  chaotic. 


114 


Prayer— Between  Friends 


The  history  of  the  city  of  Pergamum  illustrates  this 
kind  of  religious  complexity.  Pergamum  was  a  beautiful 
Greek  city,  in  the  region  of  Mysia,  in  western  Asia  Mi¬ 
nor,  a  thriving  first-century  metropolis.  In  addition  to 
several  temples  set  apart  for  emperor  worship,  it  had 
temples  to  Zeus;  to  Asclepius,  the  Greek  god  of  healing; 
to  Athena;  and  to  Dionysus.  The  citizens  of  Pergamum 
were  expected  to  worship  at  all  of  these. 

In  the  Book  of  Revelation  John  refers  to  Pergamum  as 
the  place  “where  Satan’s  throne  is,”  possibly  because  it 
was  one  of  the  oldest  and  most  prominent  centers  of  Ro¬ 
man  emperor  worship.  Archaeological  excavations  of 
the  site  give  us  a  detailed  account  of  the  complex  wor¬ 
ship  patterns  of  the  pagan  religions  that  thrived  in  the 
first  century.  Roman  historian  Publius  Tacitus  (a.d.  55- 
120)  admitted  candidly  that  many  first-century  Romans 
and  Greeks  were  attracted  to  the  Jewish  religion  be¬ 
cause  of  its  lack  of  excessive  language,  shrines,  and 
complex  rituals. 

However,  Tacitus  himself  preferred  the  drama  and 
showy  spectacle  of  the  Greco-Roman  cultic  religions;  he 
considered  the  Jewish  faith  “mean  and  tastless”  because 
of  the  absence  of  beautiful  statues  and  stately  shrines. 
But  the  simplicity  of  the  Jewish  faith  helped  many  men 
and  women  of  the  first  century  to  ask  the  important  ques¬ 
tions  about  ultimate  reality,  and  in  the  synagogue  they 
furthered  their  search.  There  they  discovered  the  Old 
Testament  writings — the  law,  prophets,  and  songs  that 
prepared  many  of  these  searchers  for  the  dramatic  con¬ 
frontation  with  Jesus  of  Nazareth. 

The  prayers  in  the  Jewish  Scriptures  were  simple  and 
straightforward,  unlike  the  incantations  made  at  the 
temple  of  Bacchus,  Apollo,  or  Eleusis.  Jewish  prayers 


Teach  Us  to  Pray 


115 


held  no  magic  terms,  like  the  word  abracadabra,  which 
was  found  in  a  first-century  papyrus.  No,  the  law,  the 
Psalms — prayer-songs — and  prophetic  writings  of  sacred 
Scripture  stood  out  in  sharp  contrast  to  the  prayers  and 
poems  of  the  first-century  pagan  Mediterranean  reli¬ 
gions.  Old  Testament  prayers  and  prayer-songs  are  de¬ 
lightfully  uncomplicated  and  nonrepetitious,  with  no 
promise  of  magical  powers.  Rather,  they  are  the  language 
of  dialogue  and  friendship. 

Our  New  Testament  Scriptures  provide  a  fascinating 
clue  concerning  the  contrast  between  pagan  and  Chris¬ 
tian  prayers.  In  the  Book  of  Acts  Luke  vividly  describes 
a  scene  in  Ephesus,  when  companions  of  the  Apostle  Paul 
became  victims  of  pagan  religious  frenzy.  It  seems  the 
Christian  message  they  had  preached  there  interfered 
with  the  trade  of  those  who  made  silver  images  of  Diana 
(Artemis),  the  fertility  goddess  whose  temple  was  one  of 
the  seven  wonders  of  the  ancient  world  and  a  great  tour¬ 
ist  attraction. 

The  indignant  silversmiths  instigated  a  riot  in  the 
massive  amphitheater  for  which  Ephesus  was  famous. 
Almost  thirty  thousand  people  were  whipped  up  into  a 
religious  frenzy  as  “for  about  two  hours  all  of  them 
shouted  in  unison,  ‘Great  is  Artemis  of  the  Ephesians!’  ” 
(Acts  19:28-35).  Imagine!  For  two  hours  they  chanted, 
“Great  is  Artemis  of  the  Ephesians!”  This  kind  of  prayer 
was  hardly  the  language  of  friendship  or  dialogue.  They 
couldn’t  think  of  anything  else  to  say. 

A  Shocking  Salutation 

Understanding  the  pagan  religious  mind-set  in  the 
first  century  and  the  Jewish  attitude  toward  prayer  and 


116 


Prayer — Between  Friends 


religious  practices  can  help  us  in  our  own  prayer  pilgrim¬ 
age.  When  Jesus  told  his  Jewish  followers  to  pray,  “Our 
Father,”  they  would  have  been  shocked  at  the  use  of  his 
word  Father.  First-century  Judaism’s  Pharisaic  move¬ 
ment  held  to  a  very  narrow  interpretation  of  the  third 
commandment,  “You  shall  not  make  wrongful  use  of  the 
name  of  the  Lord  your  God,  for  the  Lord  will  not  acquit 
anyone  who  misuses  his  name”  (Exodus  20:7).  The  Phar¬ 
isees  refused  to  use  the  name  for  God,  Yahweh,  but  in¬ 
stead  held  to  indirect  references  as  signs  of  awe  and 
reverence. 

Consequently,  our  Lord’s  informality  and  intimacy  in 
using  “Our  Father”  represented  a  drastic  departure  from 
what  was  accepted  at  the  time.  But  Jesus  wanted  his 
followers  in  all  of  time  to  understand  that  our  prayers  are 
directed  to  the  Lord  who  knows  who  we  are  and  who 
knows  our  needs.  In  addition,  we  are  to  pray  to  God  in 
language  that  acknowledges  who  he  is — our  godly  Par¬ 
ent,  our  Father. 

It  is  helpful  for  us  to  understand,  too,  that  prayer  as 
practiced  by  the  Jewish  people  in  the  first  century  was 
very  “kingdom  oriented.”  The  Talmud  went  so  far  as  to 
assert,  “That  prayer  in  which  there  is  no  mention  of  the 
kingdom  of  God  is  not  a  prayer.”  In  other  words,  instead 
of  being  personal  and  warm,  prayer  had  become  institu¬ 
tionalized. 

The  discovery  and  translation  of  the  Dead  Sea  Scrolls 
underscores  this  fact.  The  scrolls  include  many  prayers  of 
this  period.  Noted  for  their  lack  of  warmth,  they  were 
directed  primarily  toward  technical  concerns  of  the  com¬ 
munity.  Most  of  these  community  prayers  relate  to  war 
or  victory  or  national  success.  One  notable  exception  to 
this  pattern  is  found  in  the  first  century  Kaddish.  It  is 
very  personal  and  much  like  the  Our  Father  prayer: 


Teach  Us  to  Pray 


117 


May  His  great  name  be  magnified  and  sancti¬ 
fied 

in  the  world  which  he  has  created  according  to 
his  will.  May  his 
sovereignty  reign  in  your  life 
and  in  your  days,  and  in  the  life  of  all  the  house 
of  Israel, 

speedily  and  at  a  near  time. 

And  say  ye  amen. 

The  word  kingdom  is  an  important  one  in  the  world  of 
both  the  Old  and  New  Testaments.  In  reality,  as  it  is  used 
in  our  Bible,  it  is  a  relationship  word,  not  a  geographical 
or  political  one.  Rarely  does  the  Old  Testament  Hebrew 
word  for  “kingdom”  take  on  a  spatial  sense,  because  God’s 
reign  is  neither  spatial  nor  static.  Rather,  kingdom  is  a 
dynamic  idea;  it  denotes  the  reign  of  God  in  action. 

The  Intimate  Language  of  Relationship 

While  the  first-century  Jews  were  not  accustomed  to 
using  the  intimate  and  relational  term  Father  in  their 
prayers,  in  using  it,  Jesus  looked  back  to  an  earlier  an¬ 
cient  tradition  that  predated  by  centuries  this  highly  ar¬ 
tificial  reticence  of  the  Pharisee  movement.  Even  as 
Yahweh  is  used  5,500  times  in  the  Old  Testament,  so  the 
word  Father  is  commonly  used  there  to  describe  God’s 
relationship  to  his  people. 

The  ancient  Song  of  Moses  reminded  the  people  of  Is¬ 
rael  “.  .  .  Is  not  he  [God]  your  father,  who  created  you, 
who  made  you  and  established  you?”  (Deuteronomy 
32:6).  Later  both  Isaiah  and  Jeremiah  spoke  of  God  as 
“Father,”  “For  you  are  our  father  .  .  .”  (Isaiah  63:16);  “.  .  . 
And  I  thought  you  would  call  me,  My  Father,  and  would 


118 


Prayer — Between  Friends 


not  turn  from  following  me”  (Jeremiah  3:19).  Later  the 
prophet  Malachi  recorded  God’s  haunting  question,  “A 
son  honors  his  father,  and  servants  their  master.  If  then 
I  am  a  father,  where  is  the  honor  due  me?  And  if  I  am  a 
master,  where  is  the  respect  due  me?  says  the  Lord  of 
hosts  to  you  .  .  .”  (1:6).  And  finally,  in  the  intertestamen- 
tal  Book  of  Wisdom,  probably  written  sometime  in  the 
first  century  b.c.,  we  find  a  most  important  messianic 
prophecy,  “He  calls  the  last  end  of  the  righteous  happy, 
and  boasts  that  God  is  his  father”  (2:16). 

In  truth,  Jesus  fulfilled  the  expectation  of  the  writer  of 
the  Book  of  Wisdom,  and  according  to  the  Gospel  of  John, 
Jesus  claimed  this  intimate  term  in  the  most  complete 
sense.  In  an  argument  with  the  Pharisees,  he  responded 
to  their  question,  “  ‘Where  is  your  Father?’  ”  “  ‘You  know 
neither  me  nor  my  Father.  If  you  knew  me,  you  would 
know  my  Father  also’  ”  (8:19).  According  to  the  Gospel 
writers,  Jesus  didn’t  claim  this  relationship  only  for 
himself — he  invited  his  followers  to  approach  God  with 
the  same  word. 

Finally,  in  the  Garden  of  Gethsemane,  our  Lord  made 
use  of  the  even  more  personal  and  affectionate  Aramaic 
expression  Abba ,  when  he  prayed,  “  ‘Abba,  Father,  for 
you  all  things  are  possible;  remove  this  cup  from  me;  yet, 
not  what  I  want,  but  what  you  want’  ”  (Mark  14:36). 

The  Apostle  Paul  affirms  the  same  intimate  and  affec¬ 
tionate  term  when  he  wrote  the  Christians  in  Rome,  “.  . . 
When  we  cry  ‘Abba!  Father!’  it  is  that  very  Spirit  bearing 
witness  with  our  spirit  that  we  are  children  of  God”  (Ro¬ 
mans  8:15,  16).  Indeed,  Christians  in  all  of  time  are  in¬ 
vited  to  use  these  intimate  and  relational  terms  in 
talking  to  God. 

In  the  opening  two  words  of  the  Lord’s  Prayer — “Our 
Father” — Jesus  reestablished  the  felt  sense  of  closeness 


Teach  Us  to  Pray 


119 


to  God  that  was  the  mark  of  the  prophets  and  the  psalm¬ 
ists  but  had  been  suppressed  in  the  life  of  Israel  from  the 
time  of  the  Maccabean  revolt  onward,  especially  by  the 
Pharisee  movement.  This  means  that  from  about  156  b.c. 
to  the  time  of  our  Lord’s  ministry  the  prayers  of  Israel 
had  become  increasingly  specialized,  formal,  and  king¬ 
dom  oriented — less  personal  and  less  intimate.  Instead 
of  breaking  with  tradition,  Jesus  actually  turned  our 
eyes  upon  an  even  older  tradition.  It  is  interesting,  isn’t 
it,  that  what  we  sometimes  think  of  as  a  new  and  fresh 
personalism  is  really  the  exciting  return  to  an  ancient 
friendliness.  These  first  two  words  of  the  Lord’s  Prayer 
seal  that  profound,  old,  personal  friendship  between 
God  and  his  people. 


10 


Thy  Kingdom,  Lord 


I  vividly  recollect  an  experience  I  had  during  my  six 
years  of  ministry  as  a  pastor  in  the  Philippines  (1964- 
1970).  On  a  particular  afternoon,  when  I  was  with  a  stu¬ 
dent  group  at  a  week-long  retreat  at  Camp  John  Hay,  the 
United  States  Air  Force  Recreational  Base,  playing  with 
them  and  my  own  small  children  on  the  beautiful  lawns, 
I  heard  the  sound  of  jet  planes  overhead.  I  looked  up  and 
saw  the  unmistakable  jet  trails  of  six  B-52  bombers  as 
they  streaked  across  the  deep-blue  tropical  sky.  I  knew 
they  were  on  their  way  to  carry  out  a  bombing  mission 
over  Vietnam. 

When  the  planes  were  out  of  sight  and  sound,  I  looked 
out  across  the  lawns  again  at  our  young  people,  still  im¬ 
mersed  in  their  football  game.  A  vast  uneasiness  and  a 
profound  feeling  of  helplessness  clutched  at  my  conscious¬ 
ness  as  I  realized  just  how  impermanent  everything  is  in 
a  world  caught  in  the  grips  of  a  regional  war  fought  with 


122 


Prayer — Between  Friends 


devastating  weapons.  In  such  uneasy  times,  would  the 
Philippines  escape  the  havoc  of  war?  Where  would  the 
carefree  young  people  out  there  on  that  grass  field  be  a 
year  from  now?  Two  years?  Five  years? 


Your  Kingdom  Come 

That  afternoon  I  prayed  the  prayer  our  Lord  taught  his 
disciples,  but  the  opening  sentence  became  more  urgent 
and  important  to  me  than  ever  before,  “Your  kingdom 
come.  Your  will  be  done  on  earth  as  it  is  in  heaven.” 
Admittedly,  the  “kingdoms”  of  our  present  world  are 
fragile.  They  shake  and  tremble  and  reel  under  threat  of 
war,  the  calamities  of  nature,  and  all  the  uncertainties 
that  plague  our  existence.  So  it  becomes  terribly  impor¬ 
tant  for  our  lives  to  be  grounded  in  the  certain  founda¬ 
tion.  How  important  it  is  for  God’s  rule  and  will  to  be  at 
the  foundations  of  our  lives. 

After  Jesus  teaches  us  to  address  God  as  “our  Father,” 
he  teaches  us  to  acknowledge  God’s  holiness  and  look  for 
his  reign  upon  our  earth.  As  we  have  seen,  in  the  New 
Testament  the  kingdom  of  God  is  relational,  not  territo¬ 
rial.  It  is  where  the  King  and  his  subjects — the  people  of 
God — are. 

By  his  sovereign  decision  the  King  of  all  creation  also 
created  the  earth  we  live  on.  He  sustains  it,  redeems  it, 
and  will  fulfill  its  destiny.  Now,  in  our  Lord’s  Prayer,  he 
invites  us  to  say  in  effect,  “O  God,  we  seek  first  of  all  your 
presence  as  Lord.”  Or  to  put  it  another  way,  “O  God, 
grant  your  reign  as  the  solid  ground  beneath  everything 
else.”  It  is  a  prayer  for  the  eternal  God— the  Alpha  and 
Omega,  the  beginning  and  the  end— to  be  the  one  place, 
the  solid  ground,  on  which  we  may  stand  and  build  our 
lives. 


Thy  Kingdom,  Lord 


123 


The  Right  Place  to  Begin 

At  the  beginning  of  my  studies  of  the  Lord’s  Prayer,  it 
seemed  to  me  then  that  it  would  make  better  sense  to  put 
this  petition  at  the  close  of  the  prayer.  There  is  an  escha¬ 
tological  “coming  of  Christ  the  King”  feeling  about  the 
language  of  the  kingdom  that  would  have  been,  I 
thought,  more  psychologically  appropriate  at  the  conclu¬ 
sion  of  a  series  of  practical  requests.  This  aspiration  for 
the  Lord  of  all  history  would  then  surround  the  earthy 
and  urgent  requests  for  survival,  forgiveness,  and  protec¬ 
tion  from  evil. 

Now  I  can  see  how  right  it  was  for  Jesus  to  make  this 
the  first  request  in  the  prayer,  because  apart  from  this 
foundation— this  beginning  place — we  have  no  hope  or 
reason  to  pray.  Contrary  to  my  original  preferences,  as  I 
came  to  see  later,  our  Lord  rightly  gave  us  instructions 
that  before  we  pray  for  anything  else,  we  ask,  “Your  king¬ 
dom  come.  Your  will  be  done,  on  earth  as  it  is  in  heaven.” 
We  are  to  pray  for  God’s  presence  before  praying  for  any¬ 
thing  else.  This  is  psychologically  and  theologically 
sound.  If  we  are  to  live  and  work  in  relationship  with 
other  people  and  become  all  that  God  wants  us  to  be  as 
his  creation,  our  first  priority  must  center  on  the  pres¬ 
ence  of  God  as  the  ground  or  foundation  beneath  every¬ 
thing  else. 

Our  Most  Profound  Anxiety 

This  persistent  worry  about  “the  ground  beneath 
everything” — our  foundation — is  the  most  profound  anx¬ 
iety  known  to  humankind.  It  is  amply  illustrated  by  the 
picture  and  fear  of  a  little  girl  who  had  been  lost  and  had 
wandered  for  hours  in  the  park  but  who  was  now  safe  at 
the  park  police  station.  Yet  she  continues  to  sob  uncon- 


124 


Prayer — Between  Friends 


trollably  with  intense  fear  because  the  earth  or  the  foun¬ 
dation  beneath  her  very  existence- — represented  by  her 
mother  and  father — has  been  lost. 

From  all  outward  appearances,  the  police  station  scene 
is  safe.  The  little  girl  grips  her  ice-cream  cone,  the  offic¬ 
ers  are  friendly  and  solicitous,  the  TV  set  is  tuned  to  a 
children’s  program.  Yet  the  shudder  of  paralyzing  fear 
that  still  grips  this  little  girl  stems  from  a  primeval  anx¬ 
iety  about  “the  ground  beneath  everything.” 

This  fear — this  ache — remains  as  real  in  these  closing 
years  of  the  twentieth  century  as  it  was  in  the  Mediter¬ 
ranean  world  of  the  first  century.  Even  though  much 
about  our  world  setting  seems  impressive  and  solid,  the 
ache  persists  in  spite  of  all  the  human  schemes  to  divert 
our  attention  from  it.  The  gnawing  fear  eats  at  the  very 
vitals  of  our  existence  in  spite  of  our  efforts  to  repress  it. 
Materialism  and  spiritualism  are  both  in  their  own  ways 
desperate  forms  of  denial  of  the  real  fear.  In  the  words  of 
Blaise  Pascal,  “We  cling  .  .  .  but  nothing  stays  for  us.” 

But  Jesus  Christ  taught  his  hearers — and  us— to  pray 
a  very  basic  prayer.  In  my  words,  this  is  what  he  said, 
“Before  you  pray  for  anything  else,  pray  this,  ‘O  God, 
grant  first  of  all  a  solid  ground — a  firm  foundation — 
beneath  everything.’  ” 

I  believe  the  heart  of  every  person  who  has  ever  lived 
cries  this,  and  it  is  the  first  request  in  the  Lord’s  Prayer, 
“Your  kingdom  come.  .  .  .”  With  these  words  we  pray  for 
the  foundation  that  is  strong  enough  to  bear  the  weight 
of  everything — the  wars  that  tear  apart  families  and 
nations— it  is  also  the  prayer  for  little  children  lost  in  the 
park. 

A  Certain  Basis  for  Optimism.  Before  we  pray 
for  bread  or  for  forgiveness,  we  pray  that  the  ground  of 


Thy  Kingdom,  Lord 


125 


God’s  character  and  reign  will  form  the  foundation  be¬ 
neath  our  lives.  Jesus  Christ  is  not  only  the  Earth’s  Re¬ 
deemer;  he  is  the  Earth’s  Sustainer.  Consequently,  this  is 
our  most  urgent  prayer,  because  it  faces  up  to  the  shak¬ 
ing  of  the  foundations.  Paul  Tillich,  the  theologian- 
philosopher,  once  said,  “One  may  face  many  things 
cynically  .  .  .  but  there  is  one  thing  we  cannot  be  cynical 
about,  and  that  is  the  shaking  of  the  foundations  of  ev¬ 
erything.” 

Theologically  this  means  Jesus  teaches  us  to  live  in 
what  we  call  the  present  by  the  fact  that  he  himself 
boundaries  history  at  its  origin,  at  its  center,  and  at  its 
end.  The  Lord’s  Prayer  reaches  out  to  the  future,  yet  is 
anchored  profoundly  in  the  past  acts  of  God  and  in  his 
faithfulness  here  and  now.  Since  our  Lord  invites  us  to 
pray  this  prayer,  we  have  confidence  that  he  will  grant  it. 

Practically  this  implies  that  we  are  given  a  basis  for 
genuine  optimism — for  the  enduring  hope  concerning  the 
separate  parts  of  our  lives,  as  well  as  the  ground  that  is 
steady  beneath  everything. 


11 


One  Day  at  a  Time 


The  second  movement  of  the  prayer  that  Jesus  gave  us 
is  contained  in  one  simple  and  short  sentence,  “Give  us 
this  day  our  daily  bread.”  Here  we  have  the  essence  of 
directness  and  practical  immediacy. 

The  word  translated  “daily”  is  from  the  Greek  word 
epiousios.  This  particular  word  is  found  only  twice  in  our 
New  Testament  Scriptures — here  and  in  Luke's  account 
of  the  giving  of  the  prayer  (Luke  11:3).  This  word  usage 
is  found  in  only  one  other  first-century  citation — a  list  of 
business  expenses.  Its  precise  meaning  is  a  bit  uncertain; 
however,  perhaps  our  best  clue  as  to  the  sense  of  the  word 
is  found  in  a  sentence  by  the  wisdom  writer,  “.  .  .  give  me 
neither  poverty  nor  riches;  feed  me  with  the  food  that  I 
need”  (Proverbs  30:8).  This  common  and  earthy  request 
for  today’s  food  or  for  needful  food  is  the  sense  of  the 
Greek  word  epiousios  as  found  in  the  first-century  ex¬ 
pense  document. 


128 


Prayer — Between  Friends 


The  majority  of  linguistic  and  biblical  scholars  accept 
the  translation  of  epiousios  as  “daily,”  as  we  have  it  in 
our  Bibles.  Consequently,  Jesus  here  invites  us  to  share 
with  God  our  Father  our  concerns  for  the  very  earthy, 
basic  aspects  of  human  existence — the  physical  elements 
we  need  for  survival.  Notice  that  in  this  short  and  simple 
prayer  request  Jesus  runs  counter  to  the  aspirations  of 
two  worldviews:  the  materialistic  and  the  spiritualistic. 


The  Materialistic  Worldview 

Materialism  is  the  iron  embrace  of  our  world;  it  de¬ 
scribes  a  life-style  in  which  people  gain  meaning  for  life 
from  material  things.  Materialism  accepts  the  fallacy 
that  what  we  own  gives  meaning  to  life.  Its  philosophy 
judges  people  by  the  size  and  appearance  of  their  home, 
the  make  and  horsepower  of  their  automobile,  the  size  of 
their  bank  account,  and  the  neighborhood  in  which  they 
live;  and  materialism  measures  people’s  worth  by  their 
vocation,  along  with  country  club  membership. 

By  contrast  the  people  of  God  understand  that  the  ma¬ 
terial  ingredients  important  and  even  essential  to  life  are 
gifts  of  a  God  who  cares  about  us  and  everything  involved 
in  making  it  through  each  of  our  twenty-four-hour  days. 
We  don’t  receive  meaning  from  these  ingredients  or  gifts 
as  such— instead  our  meaning  comes  from  the  whole  of 
life  as  provided  by  a  loving  God. 

In  this  petition  Jesus  places  every  material  experience 
and  possession  into  a  daily  context.  Each  day  we  need 
bread,  because  like  every  other  part  of  God’s  creation, 
bread  has  its  limitations.  Food  only  sustains  and  nour¬ 
ishes  our  bodies  for  a  finite  time.  There  is  a  natural, 
built-in  limitation  to  every  substance,  food,  or  treasure  of 
the  earth.  The  theological  implication  of  these  words  is 


One  Day  at  a  Time 


129 


that  when  the  meaning  of  our  lives  becomes  founded  on 
any  aspect  of  God’s  creation,  it  is  rooted  in  too  small  a 
place.  Instead,  a  larger  and  more  magnificent  whole  gives 
meaning  to  life. 

When  he  makes  this  petition,  Jesus  gives  meaning  to 
the  logical  and  real  need  of  people  to  survive  physically. 
Jesus  neither  discounts  nor  treats  this  essential  part  of 
our  lives  with  contempt.  Rather,  he  treats  it  as  an  ingre¬ 
dient  of  the  whole.  Our  daily  bread,  along  with  the  other 
essentials  of  our  human  existence,  takes  on  meaning  not 
of  itself  but  from  its  Source. 

The  dangerous  flaw  of  capitalism  or  communism  as  an 
end  in  itself  is  in  the  temptation  toward  a  materialistic 
devotion  to  the  physical  ingredients  of  life  as  a  whole, 
instead  of  devotion  to  the  eternal  Source  of  it  all. 

In  this  prayer-petition  Jesus  puts  the  physical  ingre¬ 
dients  of  life  into  a  daily  context.  We  need  the  renewal  of 
food  daily,  and  this  daily  need  is  an  illustration  of  the 
true  nature  of  all  that  makes  up  the  whole  of  our  physical 
needs.  Each  individual  part  of  our  physical  life  is  limited 
and  not  final  in  itself— only  God  stands  beyond  the 
boundary  of  “our  daily  bread.” 

Freedom  From  Material  Tyranny 

When  we  truly  mean  what  we  say  in  this  second  peti¬ 
tion  of  the  Lord’s  Prayer,  we  are  set  free  from  the  tyranny 
of  our  “daily  bread”  and  of  any  and  all  other  possessions. 
Once  this  happens,  we  can  become  stewards  of  the  whole 
of  life,  as  God  has  planned.  When  this  prayer  becomes  the 
actual  conviction  of  our  lives,  we  are  not  as  possessive 
and  obsessive  as  before — not  as  edgy  or  desperate  or  su¬ 
perstitious. 


130 


Prayer — Between  Friends 


Further,  we  must  see  that  this  prayer  petition  in  no 
way  includes  a  protest  against  hard  work  for  bread  or  an 
argument  against  responsibility  toward  our  good  earth. 
The  awareness  of  stewardship,  which  is  an  ingredient 
of  this  prayer  petition,  increases  our  respect  for  “the  fruit 
of  the  earth,”  because  we  see  its  good  origin  as  a  mean¬ 
ingful  investment  of  God’s  design  and  intention  for  the 
Earth. 

The  materialist,  on  the  other  hand,  is  tempted  toward 
a  careless  and  presumptuous  ownership  and  even  wor¬ 
ship  of  the  earth  and  what  it  produces.  But  God  created 
none  of  the  ingredients  of  the  earth  for  our  devotion  and 
worship.  For  this  reason  we  worship  neither  “the  croco¬ 
dile  nor  the  sun.”  Instead  we  honor  this  place  we  call 
Earth  because  of  its  good  origin  and  its  goal.  We  anchor 
our  stewardship  in  God’s  ultimate  intention  for  our  earth 
as  described  by  the  Apostle  Paul  in  his  letter  to  the  Ro¬ 
man  Christians,  “.  .  .  The  creation  itself  will  be  set  free 
from  its  bondage  to  decay  and  will  obtain  the  freedom  of 
the  glory  of  the  children  of  God”  (8:21).  This  prayer- 
petition  is  a  frontal  challenge  to  materialism,  because  it 
directs  our  attention  to  the  spiritual  Source  of  things, 
great  and  small — toward  the  goodness  and  faithfulness  of 
a  friendly  God  whose  loving  care  is  with  us  always.  Noth¬ 
ing  else  in  all  of  the  universe  deserves  our  worship,  but 
everything  gains  in  significance  and  importance  and 
wonder  when  God  is  worshiped! 


The  Spiritualistic  Worldview 

Even  as  this  brief  prayer  sentence  offers  a  challenge  to 
every  form  of  materialism,  it  comes  as  an  abrupt  surprise 
to  a  spiritualistic  worldview.  Very  likely  a  pious  spiritu¬ 
alist  would  have  composed  an  entirely  different  prayer.  It 


One  Day  at  a  Time 


131 


could  well  have  gone  something  like,  “O  God,  help  us  to 
have  supremacy  of  spirit  over  the  body  so  that  we  will  no 
longer  need  the  daily  bread  of  physical  and  emotional 
support  from  the  material  world  of  things  and  people — to 
the  end  that  our  spirits  may  soar!” 

Many  people  would  prefer  a  more  “spiritual”  prayer  to 
the  earthy  one  Jesus  gave  us.  Their  reasons  would  have 
gone  something  like  this:  “Prayer  should  lift  our  sights 
way  above  crass  and  earthy  concerns.”  In  addition,  such 
pray-ers  would  consider  the  word  “daily”  to  be  an  affront 
to  the  spiritual  quest  of  the  human  spirit.  After  all,  isn’t 
the  spiritual  goal  of  the  human  spirit  to  avoid — if  at  all 
possible — any  and  every  tie  to  the  daily,  “ordinary,”  and 
limited  life  so  common  among  “nonspiritual”  folks?  For 
the  spiritualist,  “Give  us  our  daily  cake”  would  be  a  far 
better  and  nobler  prayer.  After  all,  ordinary  bread,  the 
kind  consumed  by  hungry  ordinary  people,  is  so  very  com¬ 
monplace! 

Interestingly,  certain  of  the  early  interpreters  of  the 
“Our  Father”  prayer  fell  into  this  spiritualistic  trap  be- 
cause  they  felt  that  “ordinary”  bread  was  too  worldly  for 
spiritual  folks.  Tertullian,  Cyprian,  and  even  Augustine 
were  of  the  opinion  that  Jesus  must  have  been  inviting 
his  disciples  to  pray  for  something  more  than  just  ordi¬ 
nary  bread.  Augustine  saw  this  as  a  prayer  for  “the  in¬ 
visible  bread  of  the  word  of  God.”  But  Augustine’s 
spiritualizing  our  prayer  for  bread  misses  the  point 
entirely — it  certainly  doesn’t  make  us  more  spiritual. 

Saint  Jerome,  another  early  church  father  (a.d.  374- 
420),  Christian  ascetic,  and  biblical  scholar,  advanced 
this  same  view  in  his  Latin  translation  of  the  Bible,  when 
he  translated  the  word  epiousios,  “supersubstantial.”  We 
understand  now  that  there  is  no  basis  for  this  transla¬ 
tion,  but  Jerome,  along  with  Augustine  and  the  others, 


132 


Prayer — Between  Friends 


was  swayed  by  an  earnest  desire  for  a  “higher”  spiritual 
meaning  for  a  simple  sentence.  In  doing  this,  they 
adopted  a  luxurious  rather  than  a  lean  interpretation  of 
this  petition.  In  matters  like  this,  the  wisest  rule  for  bib¬ 
lical  interpretation  has  always  been  the  guiding  princi¬ 
ple  “lean  is  better  than  luxurious.” 

In  this  petition  of  our  Lord’s  Prayer  we  see  that  Jesus 
Christ  fully  understood  both  the  material  and  the  spiri¬ 
tual  quest  of  people.  Certainly  we  need  not  play  loose 
with  the  wording  in  order  for  the  prayer  to  be  more  spir¬ 
itual  and  profound;  it  is  already  profound  in  its  direct¬ 
ness  and  simplicity. 

Some  Final  Questions 

It  seems  to  me  at  this  point  that  it  will  be  helpful  to 
look  at  a  couple  of  final  questions  related  to  this  petition 
of  the  prayer:  Does  our  belief  that  daily  life  is  a  gift  from 
God  make  us  less  realistic,  less  creative,  and  responsible 
toward  ourselves  and  our  earth?  Wouldn’t  we  be  more 
creative  if  we  were  more  autonomous  and  not  so  slavishly 
dependent  upon  God? 

Free  to  Be  Stewards  of  God’s  Creation 

In  response  to  these  questions,  I  firmly  believe  that  our 
God-given  role  as  stewards  and  not  owners  of  any  part  of 
the  earth  is  more  creative  than  either  the  materialistic  or 
the  spiritualistic  view  of  life.  I  also  believe  that  the  Bible 
calls  us  to  a  discipleship  that  involves  just  the  right  de¬ 
gree  of  limitation  to  prevent  us  from  setting  ourselves  up 
as  gods;  it  prevents  any  part  of  God’s  creation  from  be¬ 
coming  an  idol  of  our  affections  and/or  the  specter  of  our 
fears. 


One  Day  at  a  Time 


133 


God,  our  beloved  Father  and  loving  Friend,  has  set  us 
free  from  the  two  equally  terrifying  bondages  of  materi¬ 
alism  and  spiritualism  so  that  we  are  free  to  act  and  be  at 
work  in  a  healthy  relationship  with  the  real  world  around 
us.  This  means  that  we  are  free  to  pray  for  daily  help  in 
our  periods  of  health  crisis,  while  utilizing  the  latest  tech¬ 
niques  in  medicine.  It  also  means  that  as  we  pray  for 
daily  food  we  work  hard  to  support  ourselves  and  our 
families  so  that  we  have  food  to  eat  and  homes  to  shelter 
us.  But  as  we  exercise  this  God-given  stewardship  we  can 
be  under  no  false  illusions  about  ourselves,  as  if  we  were 
autonomous.  This  second  prayer  petition  takes  us  on  to  a 
better  way  of  life — a  daily  way. 


12 


Forgiveness 


Our  Lord’s  Prayer  continues  with  a  third  petition, 
“  ‘And  forgive  us  our  debts,  as  we  also  have  forgiven  our 
debtors.’  ”  Following  the  conclusion  of  the  prayer  itself 
Jesus  expands  briefly  on  this  petition  as  he  adds,  “  ‘For  if 
you  forgive  others  their  trespasses,  your  heavenly  Father 
will  also  forgive  you;  but  if  you  do  not  forgive  others, 
neither  will  your  Father  forgive  your  trespasses’  ’’(Mat¬ 
thew  6:14,  15). 

This  part  of  the  prayer  basically  assumes  that  we  are 
all  guilty  and  all  need  forgiveness.  The  prayer  doesn’t 
read,  “And  those  sinister  ones  among  you  who  have 
sinned  should  pray,  ‘Forgive  us  our  debts.’  ”  No,  Jesus  is 
saying  that  each  one  of  us  is  in  need  of  forgiveness. 

Forgiveness:  A  Fundamental  Need 

Forgiveness  is  the  most  fundamental  need  of  people 
everywhere,  and  in  the  sense  of  this  prayer,  this  is  some- 


136 


Prayer — Between  Friends 


thing  we  cannot  do  either  for  ourselves  or  others.  Only 
what  German  theologian  and  World  War  II  martyr  Die¬ 
trich  Bonhoeffer  described  as  “cheap  grace”  is  available 
to  be  self-administered  and  comfortably  under  our  own 
control.  Real  forgiveness  is  an  experience  of  grace,  and 
we  are  never  able  to  control  or  personally  manage  grace. 

It  is  fortunate  for  us  in  every  way  that  neither  our 
religious  technique  nor  our  desire  for  power  can  bring 
God's  forgiveness  under  our  control.  We  come  closest  to 
the  heart  of  the  gospel  of  Jesus  Christ  at  this  profound 
moment  in  the  Lord's  Prayer  because  we  are  at  the  place 
of  agreement  in  which  we  humbly  submit  ourselves  to 
the  love  of  God  that  is  able  to  reconcile  us  and  resolve 
every  estrangement  that  distorts  and  confuses  our  lives. 
And  we  ask  for  God’s  help  for  this  reconciliation  in  the 
simple  prayer,  “  ‘forgive  us  our  debts'  ” — our  sins.  Jesus 
Christ  himself  encourages  us  to  ask  for  this  help,  and 
that  makes  all  the  difference  in  the  world. 

The  Greek  word  translated  “forgive”  in  this  part  of  the 
prayer  is  aphiemi.  It  is  both  interesting  and  illuminating 
to  discover  that  this  same  Greek  word  is  translated 
“abandoned”  in  Revelation  2:4  and  “leave”  in  John  14:27. 
Paul  uses  this  same  word  in  1  Corinthians  7:11,  where  it 
is  translated  “divorce.”  In  bringing  these  various  usages 
together,  we  see  that  the  literal  meaning  of  the  word 
aphiemi  is  “to  leave  behind,  to  cancel,  to  abandon” — all  of 
which  are  involved  in  the  word  “forgiveness”  in  the  Lord's 
Prayer.  In  other  words,  God  leaves  behind  and  cancels 
our  sins. 

The  word  “debts”  is  an  accurate  translation  of  the  word 
used  in  this  part  of  the  prayer  (Matthew  6:12),  but  it  is 
translated  “trespasses”  in  Matthew  6:15.  In  a  practical 
sense  we  owe  God  lives  of  obedience  and  righteousness, 
yet  we  keep  defaulting.  Consequently,  “debts”  becomes  a 


Forgiveness 


137 


metaphor  for  “sins” — the  word  Luke  uses  in  his  version  of 
the  prayer  (Luke  11:4).  Combining  the  Matthew  and 
Luke  wording  of  this  petition,  we  have  three  different 
words — “debts,”  “trespasses,”  and  “sins.”  Each  describes 
the  person  who  has  fallen  short  in  a  harmful  way,  not 
only  hurting  the  self  but  others  as  well. 

A  Prayer — Not  a  Bargain 

This  petition,  “  ‘Forgive  us  our  debts  ...,”’  has  two 
parts;  it  is  a  prayer  and  not  a  bargain.  Notice,  it  does  not 
say,  “Lord,  watch  how  generous  we  have  been  toward 
those  who  have  offended  us.  Now  please  be  generous 
toward  us  in  view  of  these  achieved  credits  that  have 
accumulated  to  our  benefit.”  Instead,  the  sense  of  the 
prayer  goes  something  like  this,  “Lord,  please  grant  us 
forgiveness — something  we  know  about  and  appreciate 
from  our  human  experiences  with  one  another — and  help 
us  to  share  the  forgiveness  we  receive  with  those  nearby 
who  need  our  forgiveness.” 

In  Jesus’  explanatory  words  immediately  following  the 
prayer  (Matthew  6:14,  15),  he  gives  us  the  mandate  to 
experience  fully  the  ethical  implications  of  forgiveness:  If 
we  forgive,  then  God  has  completed  forgiveness  and  its 
good  result  in  our  lives.  We  don’t  set  the  rules,  Christ 
does.  This  disqualifies  the  kind  of  praying  we  hear  all  too 
often,  “God,  if  you’ll  just  get  me  this  job — or  resolve  the 
conflict  with  my  parents  or  rescue  me  from  this  crisis — 
then  I’ll  serve  you  faithfully  and  do  wonderful  things  for 
your  kingdom.” 

This  petition  of  our  Lord’s  Prayer  asks  for  the  help  of 
God’s  grace;  it  is  not  an  arrangement  quid  pro  quo.  In  an 
earlier  reference  we  saw  how  the  classical  Greek  word  for 
pray,  euchomai,  carries  within  it  the  sense  of  “a  vow”  or 


138 


Prayer — Between  Friends 


even  a  bargain.  But  prayer  in  the  Bible  is  radically  dif¬ 
ferent.  Both  the  Old  and  New  Testaments  clearly  make 
the  point  that  our  prayers  to  God  our  Father  are  not  vows 
or  bargains.  Rather,  prayer  brings  our  whole  selves  into 
God’s  presence. 

C.  S.  Lewis  has  captured  the  profound  implications  of 
this  truth  in  the  way  he  portrays  Aslan’s  relationship 
with  the  children  in  the  seven  stories  of  The  Chronicles  of 
Narnia.  In  The  Magician's  Nephew ,  Digory  discovers  the 
immense  creative  power  of  Aslan,  the  great,  golden  Lion, 
Son  of  the  Emperor  from  Beyond  the  Sea.  But  a  deep 
worry  rests  heavily  upon  Digory’s  heart  as  he  remembers 
the  grave  illness  of  his  mother,  who  is  back  in  England, 
while  Digory  has  been  caught  up  in  his  wondrous  adven¬ 
tures  in  Narnia.  The  boy’s  worry  is  heightened  because 
he  does  not  understand  the  mysterious  rules  of  Aslan’s 
Narnia,  whereby  time  spent  there  does  not  encroach  on 
time  in  Digory’s  real  world  of  England. 

Just  at  that  point,  Aslan  calls  to  Digory  in  order  to 
send  him  on  a  long  and  dangerous  mission.  Lewis  nar¬ 
rates  this  encounter: 

“  'Son  of  Adam’,  said  Aslan.  'Are  you  ready.  .  .  ?’ 

‘Yes’,  said  Digory.  He  had  had  for  a  moment  some 
wild  idea  of  saying  ‘I’ll  try  to  help  you  if  you’ll  prom¬ 
ise  to  help  about  my  mother’,  but  he  realized  in  time 
that  the  Lion  was  not  at  all  the  sort  of  person  one 
could  try  to  make  bargains  with.  But  when  he  had 
said,  ‘Yes’ ...  a  lump  came  in  his  throat  and  tears  in 
his  eyes  and  he  blurted  out:  ‘But  please,  please — 
won’t  you — can’t  you  give  me  something  that  will 
cure  Mother?’  ”x 

That  is  precisely  the  Bible’s  teaching  on  prayer:  We  are 
to  blurt  out  our  true  feelings,  our  deepest  needs,  and 


Forgiveness 


139 


bring  them  to  the  Lord  who  has  invited  us  to  do  that  very 
thing.  But  prayer  is  in  no  sense  a  bargain.  When  Digory 
blurted  out  his  earnest  request,  it  was  just  that,  nothing 
more  and  nothing  less.  His  request  is  in  every  sense  even 
more  daring  than  a  bargain.  He  is  coming  into  the  pres¬ 
ence  of  Aslan  with  his  whole  and  real  self  and  with  his 
deepest  care. 

When  we  pray,  we  risk  ourselves  to  God,  and  in  that 
daring  experience  we  made  the  discovery  of  his  presence 
and  of  his  care  for  us  and  our  world.  It  happens  when  we 
dare  to  blurt  out  our  deepest  questions.  It  happened  for 
Digory  in  a  strange  way  on  that  afternoon  in  Narnia.  He 
looked  at  the  face  of  Aslan,  and  he  saw  a  great  tear  in  the 
eye  of  the  golden  Lion. 

A  New  Beginning  in  Spite  of  Scars 

Several  years  ago,  at  a  National  Youth  Worker's  Con¬ 
vention,  I  met  a  young  man  who  had  spent  three  years  of 
his  life  in  my  city,  Berkeley,  California.  During  that  time 
he  had  lived  as  a  nomadic  youth  on  Telegraph  Avenue. 
Toward  the  end  of  that  period  he  had  met  a  Christian 
family  from  the  First  Presbyterian  Church,  where  I  am 
now  pastor.  He  told  me  how  this  family  had  befriended 
him  and  how,  finally,  through  their  witness,  he  was  con¬ 
verted  and  put  his  trust  in  Jesus  Christ  as  Savior  and 
Lord. 

His  life  was  radically  rearranged  as  he  experienced  the 
healing  love  of  Christ  following  his  conversion.  He  be¬ 
came  reconciled  with  his  parents  and  returned  home  to 
the  East  Coast.  He  then  finished  school,  was  later  mar¬ 
ried  and  started  his  own  family.  Now,  some  six  years 
later,  he  was  a  highly  motivated  man  in  his  thirties,  a 
husband  and  father.  But  as  he  concluded  his  story,  he 


140 


Prayer — Between  Friends 


said  something  that  made  a  deep  impression  on  me,  “You 
know,  a  large  part  of  those  three  years  that  I  wandered 
up  and  down  Telegraph  Avenue  in  Berkeley  are  just  a 
blur  in  my  memory.  I  have  only  shadowy  recollections  of 
those  years,  but  I  have  some  scars  on  my  arms  that  prove 
I  was  there.” 

This  young  man  had  experienced  a  loving  and  friendly 
heavenly  Father's  forgiveness,  as  Jesus  promised  in  this 
prayer.  That  forgiveness  didn't  mean  he  could  relive 
those  three  lost  years  or  that  the  needle  marks  from  those 
confused  days  and  nights  would  disappear.  But  his  past 
has  been  resolved  and  reconciled  by  the  grace  of  the  Sav¬ 
ior.  He  doesn't  have  the  privilege  of  returning  to  the  past 
and  redoing  it.  He  can't  recapture  the  innocence  that 
preceded  his  Telegraph  Avenue  existence,  but  through 
his  repentance  and  Christ's  forgiveness,  he  has  made  a 
new  beginning  right  in  the  middle  of  his  life  journey. 

The  promise  and  the  experience  of  forgiveness  are  quite 
different  from  our  early  innocence,  and  certainly  Jesus 
does  not  offer  his  disciples  a  promise  of  innocence  in  this 
prayer;  the  harm  of  bad  mistakes  and  poor  choices  do  not 
disappear  completely.  Inevitably,  scars  remain,  and 
missed  chances  are  still  missed  chances,  but  through  the 
reconciliation  and  healing  of  Christ  we  are  able  to  make 
new  beginnings.  For  this  radical  newness  of  reconciliation 
Jesus  invites  us  to  pray. 

Forgiveness  Conditions 

Now,  we  notice  conditions  in  this  particular  prayer  pe¬ 
tition.  The  prayer  creates  a  connection  between  our  ex¬ 
perience  of  forgiveness  and  our  inescapable  obligation  to 
the  people  around  us.  The  second  part  of  this  petition  has 
challenged  not  only  the  pray-ers  of  this  prayer  but  those 


Forgiveness 


141 


who  have  attempted  to  interpret  it  and  understand  its 
full  meaning. 

As  we’ve  seen,  following  the  conclusion  of  this  prayer, 
Jesus  added  a  sentence  that  strengthened  the  impor¬ 
tance  of  the  second  half  of  this  petition,  “For  if  you  for¬ 
give  others  their  trespasses,  your  heavenly  Father  will 
also  forgive  you;  but  if  you  do  not  forgive  others,  nei¬ 
ther  will  your  Father  forgive  your  trespasses”  (Matthew 
6:14,  15). 

It  comes  through  clearly  here  that  Jesus  wisely  under¬ 
stands  that  his  disciples  will  not  be  living  in  an  ideal 
setting,  free  from  the  threat  of  sin  and  its  harmful  con¬ 
sequences.  At  the  same  time  it  is  clear  that  Christian 
disciples  will  bear  the  brunt  of  sinful  actions  directed 
toward  them  from  other  people. 

The  second  part  of  the  forgiveness  petition  illuminates 
the  connectedness  of  inner  forgiveness  and  outer  behav¬ 
ior  as  a  result  of  that  forgiveness.  It  is  highly  significant 
that  Jesus  places  this  ethical  demand  upon  us  as  disci¬ 
ples  in  the  setting  of  our  own  experience  of  forgiveness 
and  the  grace  that  accompanies  it. 

In  this  part  of  the  prayer  we  have  the  classic  portrayal 
of  what  theologians  describe  as  “evangelical  ethics”  or 
what  Dietrich  Bonhoeffer  called  “formation  ethics.”  It  is 
the  ethical  mandate  that  emerges  out  of  fullness  rather 
than  from  scolding  demands  or  the  grief  of  guilt.  To  put 
it  plainly — we  are  first  forgiven  by  God,  and  then  we  are 
commanded  to  express  that  same  forgiveness  toward 
those  around  us.  It  isn’t  that  we  invent  forgiveness  from 
within  our  own  resources  but  that  we  share  the  forgive¬ 
ness  we  have  already  received. 

Martin  Luther  added  more  to  our  understanding  of  this 
prayer-petition  when  he  said,  “See,  this  is  the  twofold 
forgiveness;  one  internal  in  the  heart,  that  clings  alone 


142 


Prayer — Between  Friends 


in  the  word  of  God;  and  one  external,  that  breaks  forth 
and  assures  us  that  we  have  the  internal  one.”  Now  we 
see  that  when  we  forgive  other  people,  by  this  very  act  we 
have  the  positive  assurance  that  our  own  forgiveness  by 
Jesus  Christ  is  real.  In  other  words,  we  have  exercised 
grace  when  we  have  forgiven  and  have  found  it  more 
than  sufficient.  Therefore,  even  in  the  commands  of  Jesus 
we  find  the  good  news  of  Jesus.  Practically  this  means 
that  if  we  want  to  be  more  certain  of  God’s  love  for  us 
personally  and  uniquely,  we  should  risk  sharing  God’s 
love  with  others  more  often,  and  in  so  doing  we  would  see 
just  how  real  that  love  is. 


The  Lord  of  the  Prayer 

I  believe  Dr.  W.  D.  Davies  suggested  that  the  words  of 
the  Sermon  on  the  Mount  will  lead  us  ultimately  to  the 
One  who  spoke  them.  In  terms  of  this  particular  prayer- 
petition,  when  we  meet  the  Lord  who  spoke  these  words 
and  who  taught  this  prayer,  we  meet  the  One  who  makes 
forgiveness  possible,  because  Jesus  himself  fulfilled  the 
prayer.  In  following  this  line  of  thought,  we  see  that  for¬ 
giveness  is  possible  because  of  the  identification  of  Jesus 
Christ  with  us — without  him  there  would  be  no  forgive¬ 
ness.  Each  of  the  requests  in  the  Lord’s  Prayer  reaches 
out  toward  the  kingly  reign  of  Christ,  and  this  request — 
“Forgive  us  our  debts” — also  reaches  out  for  resolution  of 
a  complicated  moral  and  spiritual  crisis  in  our  lives  by 
the  Lord  of  the  kingdom  himself. 

So  tightly  interconnected  is  the  crisis  of  human  sinful¬ 
ness  with  who  we  are  and  what  we  fear,  the  desires  that 
motivate  life,  and  the  real  harm  that  we  have  become 
involved  in  that  the  resolution  of  such  a  crisis  takes  the 
total  help  of  the  One  who  created  us.  The  prayer  for  for- 


Forgiveness 


143 


giveness  asks  for  that  total  help,  because  the  power  of 
that  help  is  so  profoundly  far-reaching  that  it  is  under¬ 
standable  how  this  request  should  break  out  from  the 
forgiveness  we  have  received  and  be  expressed  by  us  to¬ 
ward  those  around  us. 

God  Is  for  Us! 

Swiss  theologian  Karl  Barth  spoke  of  forgiveness  as 
the  power  of  powers — “the  discovery  that  God  is  for  me.” 
The  personal  experience  of  forgiveness  is  so  radical  that 
it  alters  everything — my  understanding  of  other  people, 
my  behavior,  and  the  way  I  know  myself.  Like  a  great 
banner  of  peace,  forgiveness  signals  a  new  chance  for 
hope  in  that  ancient  battleground  of  the  soul.  It  brings 
God’s  peace  into  that  soul  at  war,  with  the  healing  balm 
of  God’s  wondrous  gift  of  a  new  beginning. 

Jesus’  marvelous  story  of  the  Prodigal  Son  gives  us  a 
profoundly  moving  example  of  forgiveness.  In  what  some 
have  called  the  greatest  short  story  ever  written,  our 
Lord  tells  of  a  wayward  son  who  breaks  his  father’s  heart 
by  demanding  his  inheritance,  leaving  home,  and  becom¬ 
ing  involved  in  a  sinful  way  of  life.  Finally,  things  be¬ 
come  so  bad  that  he  becomes  desperate,  “  ‘. .  .  How  many 
of  my  father’s  hired  hands  have  bread  enough  and  to 
spare,  but  here  I  am  dying  of  hunger!  I  will  get  up  and  go 
to  my  father,  and  I  will  say  to  him,  “Father,  I  have  sinned 
against  heaven  and  before  you;  I  am  no  longer  worthy  to 
be  called  your  son;  treat  me  like  one  of  your  hired 
hands”  ’  ”  (Luke  15:17-19). 

But  the  forgiving  father  would  have  none  of  that.  In¬ 
stead,  he  dressed  the  returning  son  in  a  new  robe  and  put 
a  ring  on  his  finger,  killed  the  fatted  calf  and  threw  a 
party — a  grand  celebration  (15:20-24). 


144 


Prayer — Between  Friends 


By  contrast,  James  Oglethorpe  (1696-1785),  the  stern 
and  exacting  British  general  and  founder  of  the  colony  of 
Georgia,  once  said  to  John  Wesley,  “I  never  forgive.”  Wes¬ 
ley’s  reply  was  classic,  “Then  I  hope,  Sir,  that  you  never 
sin!” 

The  poor  general  is  like  the  lonely  elder  brother  in  the 
Prodigal  Son  story,  who,  when  he  heard  the  celebration 
noise  from  his  wayward  brother’s  party  “  ‘became  angry 
and  refused  to  go  in’  ”  because  he  wouldn’t  forgive.  Such 
self-righteous  arrogance!  But  again,  the  loving  father 
went  out  to  find  the  older  son  and  said,  “  ‘  “Son,  you  are 
always  with  me,  and  all  that  is  mine  is  yours”  ’  ”  ( 15:25— 
32).  With  those  gracious  words  the  father  invited  his  self- 
righteous  and  lonely  older  son  to  agree  with  him  about 
forgiveness.  This  meant  that  the  father  himself  had  to 
bear  the  alienation  of  both  the  younger  and  the  elder 
son— such  is  the  costly  mystery  behind  this  forgiveness 
that  Jesus  invites  us  to  discover  as  we  pray,  “  \  . .  Forgive 
us  our  debts.  .  .  .’  ” 


13 


Total  Help  for  Total  Need 


In  both  the  Gospels  of  Matthew  and  Luke  the  Lord’s 
Prayer  ends  with  one  final  request,  “  ‘And  do  not  bring 
us  to  the  time  of  trial,  but  rescue  us  from  the  evil  one’  ” 
(Matthew  6:13).  The  familiar  King  James  translation  of 
this  reads,  “And  lead  us  not  into  temptation.  .  .  ,”  and 
other  translations  have  it,  “Do  not  put  us  to  the 
test.  .  .  .”  The  Greek  word  for  “temptation,”  “test,”  or 
“time  of  trial”  is  peirao;  another  comparable  English 
word  for  it  would  be  “peril.”  In  other  words,  “Lead  us 
not  into  perils  too  great  for  us  to  bear,  and  protect  us 
from  the  evil  one.” 

The  word  “temptation”  is  a  fierce  and  frightening  one 
in  both  English  and  in  the  language  of  the  Bible.  Peirao 
means  to  destroy  by  degrees,  to  place  someone  under  the 
peril  of  intense,  gradual  stress.  In  some  cases,  it  may 
mean  “to  test,”  in  a  positive  sense.  But  such  usage  does 
not  lessen  the  frightening  aspect  of  peirao ,  when  it  ap- 


146 


Prayer — Between  Friends 


pears  in  a  hostile  context.  In  those  instances  translators 
use  the  English  word  “tempt”  or  “temptation.” 

To  understand  what  the  Scriptures  mean,  we  need  to 
look  closely  at  the  context  in  which  peirao  appears.  Does 
it  intend  and  imply  healthy  testing  that  moves  the  Chris¬ 
tian  toward  maturity  and  hope  or  destructive  tempta¬ 
tion,  leading  to  despair  and  loss  of  hope?  If  it  implies 
destructive  temptation,  a  devious  and  deceptive  quality 
is  always  contextually  attached  to  the  word.  When  used 
in  a  positive  sense,  the  word  is  a  logical  part  of  a  disci- 
pleship  experience  and  growth.  Usually,  though,  in  life 
situations  we  find  it  hard  to  know  at  first  just  what  kind 
of  testing  we  are  experiencing. 

The  Peril  of  Temptation 

Temptation’s  peril  is  quite  different  from  the  peril  we 
experience  from  an  outright  frontal  attack  by  an  an¬ 
nounced  adversary.  Temptation  produces  a  much  more 
subtle  stress,  because  it  encourages  its  victims  to  act  in  a 
self-destructive  way. 

A  vivid  illustration  of  the  peril  of  temptation  appears 
in  the  book  A  Separate  Peace ,  by  John  Knowles.  As  an 
initiation  stunt,  older  boys  force  some  younger,  less  phys¬ 
ically  strong  ones  to  jump  from  a  high,  overhanging  tree 
into  a  river.  The  jump  is  designed  to  place  stress  on  the 
younger  boys,  especially  one  particular  boy;  it  is  way 
beyond  their  athletic  competence.  Because  of  this,  the 
jump  is  not  a  contest  as  such  but  a  temptation— the  goal 
is  not  to  test  skill  but  to  incite  fear  and  harm.  The 
younger  boys  risk  the  jump  simply  because  they  desire  to 
please  and  be  accepted  by  those  they  mistakenly  thought 
were  their  friends. 

This  is  temptation  in  the  rawest  sense.  To  the  unso¬ 
phisticated  onlooker  it  may  appear  the  tempted  person  is 


Total  Help  for  Total  Need 


147 


purposely  involved  in  a  self-destructive  act.  But  in  real¬ 
ity  a  tempter  has  lured  that  person  into  a  bad  choice  or 
decision.  In  most  instances  temptation  doesn't  aim  to 
cause  physical  harm,  but  has  as  its  goal  psychological 
and  spiritual  entrapment.  For  example,  a  person  may 
ask  another  a  tempting  question,  not  because  he  or  she 
desires  an  answer,  but  to  deceive  the  other — indicating  a 
hostile  intent. 

Spiritual  Conditioning 

We  can  only  know  whether  peirao  is  used  in  the  hostile 
sense  or  in  the  positive  sense  if  we  carefully  examine  the 
motivational  context  of  each  usage.  In  the  positive  sense, 
the  stressful  experience  purposes  to  strengthen  our  lives. 
For  example,  the  rigorous  conditioning  a  football  coach 
puts  his  team  through  prepares  them  for  an  opening 
game.  The  coach's  goal  is  not  to  harm  the  players  but  to 
condition  them  so  they  can  handle  the  physical  and  emo¬ 
tional  stresses  of  the  game. 

This  lay  behind  Jesus’  seemingly  impossible  instruc¬ 
tions  to  his  disciples  to  provide  food  for  the  huge  crowd 
that  had  stayed  with  them  for  so  long.  When  the  disciples 
suggested  to  Jesus  that  he  should  send  the  people  home, 
because  they  were  hungry,  he  replied,  “  ‘They  need  not  go 
away;  you  give  them  something  to  eat'  ”  (Matthew  14:16). 
Now,  Jesus  didn't  make  the  impossible  suggestion  that 
his  disciples  provide  food  for  five  thousand  people  to  em¬ 
barrass  and  discredit  them.  He  did  it  to  strengthen  them, 
so  they  would  be  better  able  to  meet  the  challenges  of  the 
future. 

This  particular  event  is  recorded  in  each  of  the  four 
Gospels.  In  telling  the  story,  the  Gospel  of  John  words  it: 
“When  he  looked  up  and  saw  a  large  crowd  coming  to- 


148 


Prayer — Between  Friends 


ward  him,  Jesus  said  to  Philip,  ‘Where  are  we  to  buy 
bread  for  these  people  to  eat?’  He  said  this  to  test  [ peirao ] 
him,  for  he  himself  knew  what  he  was  going  to  do”  (John 
6:5,  6,  italics  mine).  Philip  immediately  answered  that 
six  months’  wages  wouldn’t  be  enough  money.  But  John 
continues,  . .  One  of  his  disciples,  Andrew,  Simon  Pe¬ 
ter’s  brother,  said  to  him,  ‘There  is  a  boy  here  who  has 
five  barley  loaves  and  two  fish.  But  what  are  they  among 
so  many  people?’  ”  (John  6:7-9). 

At  that  point  Jesus  took  the  boy’s  lunch  and  blessed  it; 
the  entire  crowd  was  fed,  and  the  leftovers  filled  twelve 
baskets.  What  an  awesome  display  of  Jesus’  power!  This 
“test”  didn’t  harm  or  make  the  disciples  fearful;  instead, 
they  were  permanently  strengthened.  Jesus,  like  a  good 
football  coach,  put  his  team  under  a  healthy  stress  in 
order  to  make  them  stronger  and  make  them  learn  more 
about  who  Jesus  really  is. 

Temptation’s  Hidden  Agenda 

Temptation  is  altogether  different.  It  uses  stress  to  de¬ 
moralize  the  tempted  person  or  persons.  Outside,  the 
“temptation  stress”  and  the  “test”  stress  may  appear  the 
same,  but  temptation’s  motives,  whether  subtle  or  bla¬ 
tant,  have  one  purpose — to  cause  harm  and  destruction. 
The  hidden  agenda  becomes  clear:  According  to  the  Bi¬ 
ble,  temptation  is  always  evil.  James  makes  this  abun¬ 
dantly  clear,  “No  one  when  tempted,  should  say,  ‘I  am 
being  tempted  by  God’;  for  God  cannot  be  tempted  by  evil 
and  he  himself  tempts  no  one.  But  one  is  tempted  by  one’s 
own  desire,  being  lured  and  enticed  by  it;  then  when  that 
desire  has  conceived,  it  gives  birth  to  sin,  and  when  it  is 
fully  grown,  gives  birth  to  death.  Do  not  be  deceived,  my 
beloved”  (James  1:13-16).  Indeed,  God  doesn’t  test  us  in 
order  to  break  us.  Instead,  like  a  good  coach,  he  disci- 


Total  Help  for  Total  Need 


149 


plines  us  to  build  us  up  for  the  endurance  of  the  game  of 
life. 

The  devil  tempts.  In  fact,  he  is  called  the  tempter  (Mat¬ 
thew  4:3).  This  means  that  if  for  any  reason  we  play  out 
that  destructive  role  toward  other  people  or  toward  any 
part  of  God’s  creation,  we  have  assumed  the  strategy  of 
the  evil  one.  Any  question  or  statement  intended  to  harm 
another  person  is  an  act  of  temptation,  regardless  of  how 
pure  or  innocent  the  outward  appearance.  It  originates  in 
hell,  and  God  will  judge  it  for  what  it  is,  not  by  how  it 
appears. 

Such  evil  is  at  the  core  of  such  public  or  private  events 
as  bullfights,  cockfights,  or  pit-bull  fights.  In  each  case, 
under  the  masquerade  of  “sport,”  persons  have  created  a 
disruptive  setting,  a  cruel  hoax,  into  which  they  place 
these  animals.  After  fatally  tempting  the  animals,  hu¬ 
man  participants  and  spectators — the  tempters — watch 
them  respond  in  panic.  These  creatures  are  a  part  of  God’s 
good  creation,  and  we  as  humans  have  been  entrusted  by 
God  to  be  their  stewards.  I  firmly  believe  that  just  as  God 
will  judge  us  for  sin  against  other  people,  he  will  judge  us 
for  these  “games”  of  terror. 

It  is  important  that  we  understand  the  two  kinds  of 
stress,  because  some  human  stress  experiences  are  harm¬ 
ful,  while  others  are  healthy.  We  need  to  understand  the 
all-important  differences  between  the  healthy  conviction 
of  the  Holy  Spirit  and  the  temptation  of  the  devil.  For 
example,  if  a  line  of  questioning  or  an  experience  leads 
me  to  conclude  that  I  am  not  only  sinful  but  without 
hope,  the  Holy  Spirit  has  not  convicted  me  of  sin.  Instead, 
the  evil  one  has  tempted  me,  encouraging  me  to  distrust 
God’s  love  and  faithfulness. 

The  conviction  of  sin  by  the  Holy  Spirit  always  leads 
toward  the  Redeemer,  toward  hope.  Repentance  and  re- 


150 


Prayer— Between  Friends 


demption  are  the  end  results  of  the  work  of  the  Holy 
Spirit;  the  stress  the  spirit  of  God  puts  upon  us  works  in 
our  favor. 

Temptation  may  also  stimulate  a  way  of  thinking  that 
leads  away  from  God.  I  may  be  tempted  to  feel  personally 
righteous  and  without  any  need  of  forgiveness  or  grace. 
But  this  results  in  lonely  isolation.  I  may  be  tempted  to 
despair.  Each  of  these  is  the  work  of  the  temptation  of 
evil.  Both  lead  toward  aloneness,  loss  of  freedom,  and 
distrust  in  the  faithfulness  of  God.  In  the  one  case,  I  don’t 
think  I  need  God  because  of  a  false  perception  of  my 
greatness.  In  the  other,  I’m  afraid  to  need  God,  because  I 
accept  the  false  idea  that  my  own  sinfulness  placed  my 
life  outside  his  keeping  care. 

Free  to  Choose.  Jesus  Christ,  the  One  who  en¬ 
dured  temptation,  now  teaches  us  to  pray,  “  ‘And  do  not 
bring  us  to  the  time  of  trial  [lead  us  not  into  tempta¬ 
tion].’  ”  Clearly  with  these  words  Jesus  encourages  us  to 
pray  that  we  be  spared  the  deceptive  stresses  that  are  too 
great  for  us  to  handle.  In  truth,  Jesus  encourages  his 
disciples  to  request  help  from  God  against  every  subtle 
attack  of  temptation. 

The  prayer  realistically  assesses  the  existence  of  temp¬ 
tation’s  threats.  Each  of  us  can  tell  stories  about  their 
peril.  God  has  granted  us  the  ability  to  make  choices,  and 
the  tempter  tries  to  destroy  that  freedom  by  leading  us  to 
use  it  badly.  Because  our  Lord  does  not  rob  us  of  freedom 
in  our  discipleship  journey,  temptation  remains  a  real 
possibility  at  every  point  along  the  way. 

The  good  news  is  that  we  know  Jesus  Christ  himself 
stands  with  us  in  the  face  of  every  temptation,  and  he 
understands  every  danger  posed  to  us  by  temptation. 
Even  more,  Jesus  has  invited  his  disciples — including 
us — to  ask  help  from  the  Father  in  combating  temptation 
of  any  and  every  kind. 


Total  Help  for  Total  Need 


151 


The  Origin  of  Temptation 

The  parallel  request,  “  . .  but  rescue  us  from  the  evil 

one/  ”  reminds  us  that  the  origin  of  temptation  is  Satan. 
Consequently,  this  prayer-petition  bears  witness  to  our 
complex  and  real  freedom.  Temptation  is  our  problem 
because  we  have  the  privilege  and  responsibility  that 
enables  us  to  make  decisions  on  major  matters.  For  ex¬ 
ample,  a  tree  isn’t  tempted  to  choose  against  good  soil;  a 
cat  isn’t  tempted  when  a  bird  is  exposed  to  its  leap,  be¬ 
cause  the  cat  is  unaware  of  the  bird’s  rights  and  dignity. 
Only  human  beings  make  such  value  decisions.  The  dra¬ 
matic  freedom  that  God  has  given  to  us  carries  with  it  the 
real  problems  of  choice. 

Christian  Warfare 

The  biblical  writers  take  evil’s  existence  seriously,  not 
only  in  the  sense  of  human  failure,  but  also  in  the  larger 
context  of  this  prayer-petition.  The  biblical  witness 
makes  it  clear  that  God,  in  his  sovereign  wisdom,  has 
provided  for  human  freedom  so  that  we  are  able  to  choose 
against  his  good  will  for  us.  In  the  same  way  Scripture 
affirms  God  has  allowed  a  freedom  that  results  in  the 
existence  of  evil  at  the  spiritual  level  of  reality.  The 
Scripture  treats  with  complete  seriousness  the  existence 
of  this  greater  evil  called  the  devil,  Satan,  Apollyon,  the 
tempter,  and  the  evil  one. 

Saint  John  Chrysostom  (a.d.  3477-407),  an  early 
church  father  and  patriarch  of  Constantinople,  stated 
that  in  praying,  “.  .  .  rescue  us  from  the  evil  one,”  we 
signal  once  and  for  all  that  we  are  engaged  as  Christians 
in  a  battle  against  all  forms  of  evil — a  battle  that  knows 
no  truce.  In  this  battle  we  need  God’s  resources,  because 
behind  all  evil  is  “the  evil  one.”  This  means  that  there 


152 


Prayer — Between  Friends 


are  many  different  kinds  of  evil— there  are  bad  choices 
made  by  human  beings  and  the  wider  crisis  of  dehuman¬ 
ization  in  the  social  realm,  but  behind  it  all  lies  evil  at 
the  cosmic  or  spiritual  level  of  creation. 

Evil  at  the  spiritual-heavenly  level  of  creation  poses  a 
profound  mystery  for  us.  But  the  Bible  describes  this  cos¬ 
mic  evil  in  terms  of  the  evil  one,  Satan,  the  devil  who 
stands  in  opposition  to  the  will  and  purposes  of  God  at  the 
cosmic  level  of  the  created  order.  In  this  prayer-petition, 
Jesus  gives  us  the  description  of  the  one  who  decided  to 
pit  his  will  against  the  will  of  God  as  “the  evil  one.” 

From  the  point  of  view  of  the  Bible  we  will  not  have 
realistically  grappled  with  human  evil  and  earthly  wick¬ 
edness  unless  we  have  also  wrestled  this  “will  against 
God’s  will”  at  the  cosmic  level  of  creation.  In  other  words, 
the  battle  against  evil  involves  more  than  our  own  indi¬ 
vidual  struggles. 

This  multidimensional  nature  of  the  problem  of  evil 
has  been  attested  to  not  only  in  the  Bible  but  in  most 
great  literature  and  especially  in  the  long  history  of 
folk  stories,  ancient  myths,  and  fantasy  literature.  In 
these,  evil  is  rarely  portrayed  as  simple  or  one  dimen¬ 
sional,  as  anyone  familiar  with  such  stories  as  Snow 
White  and  the  Seven  Dwarfs ,  The  Wizard  of  Oz, 
Grimm's  Fairy  Tales ,  The  Chronicles  of  Narnia  and 
J.  R.  R.  Tolkien’s  The  Lord  of  the  Rings  will  recognize. 
In  each  of  these  the  writers  have  woven  into  their  sto¬ 
ries  the  different  kinds  and  forms  of  the  threats  of  evil 
encountered  by  their  villains  and  heroes.  These  stories 
enable  us  to  see  parallels  to  the  dangers  and  threats  we 
face  in  our  own  lives. 

Among  the  most  successful  motion  pictures  of  the  last 
ten  or  fifteen  years  are  three  adventure  movies  by  George 
Lucas — Star  Wars ,  The  Empire  Strikes  Back ,  and  Return 


Total  Help  for  Total  Need 


153 


of  the  Jedi — all  adventure  stories  portrayed  in  a  modern, 
space-technology  motif.  Though  other  story  motifs  of  good 
and  evil  found  in  Eastern  religious  thought  are  present, 
nevertheless,  the  essential  story  line  and  the  portrayals 
of  the  contest  between  good  and  evil  within  each  of  these 
films  are  very  much  in  the  tradition  of  the  folk  sagas  of 
Europe,  Iceland,  and  ancient  Greece. 

We  find  in  these  classic  motion  pictures  the  evil  of  face¬ 
less  soldiers  who  only  follow  orders  in  blind  obedience. 
We  discover,  too,  the  evil  of  weakness  shown  by  those 
who  refuse  to  take  risks  and  stand  up  for  truth — truth 
that  is  repressed  because  of  their  fears.  Pictured,  too,  are 
the  evils  perpetrated  by  terrorizing  thugs  and  bullies, 
self-indulgence,  and  bureaucratic  lust. 

More  deadly,  however,  are  those  forms  of  spiritual 
evil  in  which  we  confront  wickedness  that  was  once  al¬ 
lied  with  truth,  but  like  a  fallen  angel  of  light  has  be¬ 
trayed  all  that  is  right.  This  form  of  evil  seeks  the 
destruction  of  what  once  it  held  in  friendship  and  loy¬ 
alty.  Spiritual  evil  is  more  generic  and  radical  than  the 
violence  of  the  ruthless  marauders  or  the  sexual  chaos 
of  Sodom  and  Gomorrah. 

George  Lucas  in  his  movies,  like  J.  R.  R.  Tolkien  in  his 
books  has  portrayed  for  us  in  fictional  terms  the  large- 
scale  battle  between  good  and  evil.  These  are  exciting 
stories  because  of  their  element  of  adventure,  but  they 
are  also  exciting  at  another  level  because  they  are  part  of 
a  larger  body  of  folk  stories  that  point  to  our  human 
awareness  of  the  continuing  contest  between  good  and 
evil.  At  the  same  time  they  lay  open  the  truth  of  our 
consciousness  that  behind  all  kinds  of  human  and  inter¬ 
personal  harm  is  the  cosmic  reality  of  evil  best  described 
as  their  moral,  personal,  spiritual  will  against  the  ulti¬ 
mate  good  will  of  God. 


154 


Prayer — Between  Friends 


Seventeenth-century  Puritan  Thomas  Watson  ex¬ 
pressed  it  well  in  some  of  his  comments  on  the  Lord’s 
Prayer,  “Satan  envies  man’s  happiness.  To  see  a  clod  of 
dust  so  near  to  God,  and  himself,  once  a  glorious  angel, 
cast  out  of  heavenly  paradise,  makes  him  pursue  man¬ 
kind  with  inveterate  hatred.” 


The  Victory  Is  Won 

The  devil  has  a  measure  of  power,  but  not  the  final 
power.  In  the  Lord’s  Prayer,  Jesus  gives  us  great  good 
news:  He  has  intervened  on  our  behalf.  God  has  set  a 
boundary  limiting  the  full  extent  of  every  evil  power’s 
terror,  and  we  need  to  recognize  that  boundary.  As  we 
pray  the  words  of  the  prayer  Jesus  gave  to  the  disciples, 
that,  too,  becomes  part  of  the  boundary. 

Speaking  of  the  devil,  the  writer  of  the  Book  of  Reve¬ 
lation  refers  to  him  as  “the  angel  of  the  bottomless  pit; 
his  name  in  Hebrew  is  Abaddon,  and  in  Greek  he  is  called 
Apollyon”  (Revelation  9:11).  The  word  Apollyon  means 
“destroyer.”  While  Satan  calls  himself  that,  it  becomes 
clear  that  he  does  not  have  the  power  he  claims  to  have. 

Though  the  evil  one  has  the  power  to  accuse,  slander, 
and  tempt— and  we  find  all  these  names  of  the  devil  in 
the  Bible — he  does  not  have  the  power  to  ultimately  de¬ 
stroy. 

In  John  Bunyan’s  classic,  Pilgrim's  Progress ,  in  his 
great  battle  with  Apollyon,  Pilgrim  discovers  that  be¬ 
yond  all  harm  that  evil  can  do  there  is  a  boundary  that 
belongs  to  Jesus  Christ,  Lord  of  redemption  and  final 
victor  over  the  evil  one.  Jesus  Christ  has  the  real  and 
lasting  power,  and  from  him  we  receive  the  spiritual 
weapons  that  will  conquer  cosmic  evil.  Consequently, 


Total  Help  for  Total  Need 


155 


from  the  standpoint  of  New  Testament  teaching,  it  is 
extremely  important  that  we  not  overrate  the  powers  of 
spiritual  evil. 

The  power  of  this  brief  and  crystal-clear  petition  in  the 
Lord’s  Prayer  rests  in  its  ability  to  set  us  free  from  any 
fear  of  the  evil  one.  We  need  only  this  prayer  sentence  to 
win  out  in  the  practical  give-and-take  of  life  over  any  and 
all  forms  of  evil.  In  fact,  it  is  important  that  we  avoid  any 
exaggeration  of  the  power  of  evil. 

When  we  find  ourselves  guilty  of  overestimating  the 
power  of  evil  forces,  we  must  remember  that  such  an 
attitude  or  outlook  represents  a  shrinkage  of  our  confi¬ 
dence  in  the  faithfulness  and  authority  of  Jesus  Christ.  I 
have  known  good  Christian  folk  who  seemed  almost  re¬ 
signed  to  the  notion  that  sin  and  evil  would  prevail  and 
take  over  in  our  world.  But  this  is  wrong,  and  giving  in  to 
such  an  attitude  in  reality  means  we  surrender  our  re¬ 
sponsibility  for  our  decisions  and  acts. 

It  is  never  correct  to  give  in  to  the  idea  that  “the  devil 
made  me  do  it.”  The  devil  only  tempts;  we  decide  and  act. 
Therefore  we  must  repent  and  ask  for  forgiveness,  must 
seek  God’s  help  as  we  ask,  and  thank  God  for  his  good¬ 
ness  and  faithfulness. 

We  are  engaged  in  a  larger  battle  than  the  simple  con¬ 
test  between  our  own  selfishness  and  the  good  will  of 
God.  How  can  we  hope  to  win  this  cosmic  battle?  Only 
through  the  help  of  the  One  who  fully  understands  each 
strategy  of  the  battle.  He  who  made  this  prayer 
possible — its  author  and  our  teacher — makes  us  able  to 
win,  for  he  has  won  the  battle  through  his  cross  and  the 
empty  grave.  His  victory  fulfills  this  prayer-petition.  In 
the  face  of  the  evil  one,  we  place  our  confidence  in  the 
truth  that  Jesus  Christ  has  the  upper  hand. 


156 


Prayer — Between  Friends 


With  this  truth  fixed  firmly  in  our  hearts  and  minds, 
we  need  not  become  preoccupied  with  the  evil  one.  In¬ 
stead,  it  is  God’s  perfect  will  for  us  to  simply  pray  when 
either  threats  or  danger  confronts  us.  He  has  already 
rescued  us  from  the  evil  one — our  task  is  to  trust  the 
victory. 


14 


Kingdom,  Power,  and  Glory 


As  we  near  the  completion  of  our  examination  of  the 
Lord's  Prayer  we  come  to  the  final  sentence,  .  .  For 
thine  is  the  kingdom,  and  the  power,  and  the  glory,  for 
ever.  Amen”  (Matthew  6:13  kjv). 

In  most  instances  this  sentence  is  not  found  in  later 
translations  of  the  prayer.  If  included,  it  appears  in  ei¬ 
ther  parentheses  or  brackets.  The  sentence  is  not  found 
in  the  most  ancient  manuscripts,  therefore  many  inter¬ 
preters  conclude  that  early  Christians  added  it  in  a  rev¬ 
erent  attempt  to  round  out  the  otherwise  abrupt  ending. 

Two  Options 

I  include  the  sentence  because  we  are  familiar  with  it, 
and  because  it  does  appear  in  several  early  manuscripts. 

We'll  approach  this  problem  by  giving  consideration  to 
two  ideas.  First,  if  we  omit  the  final  sentence,  it  means 


158 


Prayer — Between  Friends 


our  Lord  has  given  us  a  prayer  that  is  like  a  door  opening 
into  a  larger  room.  With  this  brief  prayer  he  has  taught 
us  how  to  enter  into  that  larger  room.  Now  that  we  have 
entered  that  room  where  our  Father  is,  we  can  bring 
ourselves  and  our  needs  and  our  feelings  to  him.  We  are 
free  to  “blurt”  them  out,  because  we  know  that  he  hears 
and  cares.  Entering  into  this  room  enables  us  to  enter 
into  the  fellowship  of  worship,  praise,  and  intercession 
that  the  Lord’s  Prayer  makes  possible.  Jesus  has  taught 
us  a  prayer  with  which  to  begin  our  own  prayers,  which 
move  us  on  in  our  intimate  relationship  with  God.  If  we 
do  not  include  this  line,  the  prayer  stops  without  an 
ending — not  even  an  Amen. 

But  what  if  this  final  sentence  does  in  fact  belong  in 
the  prayer,  since  certain  old  manuscripts  include  it? 
The  second-century  document  The  Didache  contains 
this  final  sentence.  Professor  W.  D.  Davies,  a  noted  Bi¬ 
ble  scholar,  is  convinced  that  this  sentence  is  an  essen¬ 
tial  part  of  Jesus’  prayer  and  belongs  in  the  text:  “It  is 
antecedently  unlikely  that  Matthew  and,  for  that  mat¬ 
ter,  Jesus  Himself  should  finish  a  prayer  without  a  dox- 
ology,  expressed  or  assumed  .  .  .  secondly,  (according  to 
Pharisee  tradition)  every  benediction  had  to  be  re¬ 
sponded  to  with  the  full  doxology  . . .  'praised  be  His 
name  whose  glorious  Kingdom  is  forever  and  ever.’ nl 
As  interpreters,  the  dilemma  we  must  face  is  the  fact 
that  this  final  sentence  is  missing  from  the  most  valu¬ 
able  and  oldest  manuscripts  of  the  New  Testament. 

Further,  if  Jesus  had  given  his  followers  a  prayer  with¬ 
out  the  usual  ending,  it  is  quite  understandable  that 
early  church  scribes  might  seek  to  fulfill  Old  Testament 
tradition  and  first-century  Jewish  worship  practices  by 
supplying  a  doxology.  In  any  case,  note  that  this  final 


Kingdom,  Power,  and  Glory 


159 


sentence  is  identical  in  theme  to  the  benedictions  found 
in  two  of  David’s  prayers.  The  Chronicles  writer  says: 

Then  David  blessed  the  Lord  in  the  presence  of  all 
the  assembly;  David  said:  “Blessed  are  you,  O  Lord, 
the  God  of  our  ancestor  Israel,  forever  and  ever. 
Yours,  O  Lord,  are  the  greatness,  the  power,  the 
glory,  the  victory,  and  the  majesty;  for  all  that  is  in 
the  heavens  and  on  earth  is  yours;  yours  is  the  king¬ 
dom,  O  Lord,  and  you  are  exalted  as  head  above  all. 
Riches  and  honor  come  from  you,  and  you  rule  over 
all.  In  your  hand  are  power  and  might;  and  it  is  in 
your  hand  to  make  great  and  to  give  strength  to  all. 

And  now,  our  God,  we  give  thanks  to  you  and  praise 
your  glorious  name.” 

1  Chronicles  29:10-13 

Similar  wording  is  found  also  in  David’s  benediction  re¬ 
corded  in  1  Chronicles  16:36.  The  opening  sentences  of 
Jesus’  high  priestly  prayer,  found  in  chapter  17  of  the 
Gospel  of  John,  form  another  interesting  parallel  to  the 
doxology  that  concludes  the  Lord’s  Prayer. 

“Thine  Is  the  Kingdom.”  Let’s  take  a  closer  look 
at  the  doxology  ending  to  the  Lord’s  Prayer.  In  this  mag¬ 
nificent  shout  of  praise  we  find  three  facts  about  God’s 
character.  The  first  is  related  to  the  phrase,  “Thine  is  the 
kingdom”  (kjv).  “Kingdom”  was  a  highly  charged  word  in 
the  first  century.  Jesus  picked  up  on  the  kingdom  refer¬ 
ence  in  the  very  first  sentence  of  the  Sermon  on  the 
Mount,  “  ‘Blessed  are  the  poor  in  spirit,  for  theirs  is  the 
kingdom  of  heaven’  ”  (Matthew  5:3).  The  nine  beatitudes 
that  introduce  the  sermon  make  it  clear  that  Jesus  is 
revealing  a  new  and  deeper  definition  of  kingdom.  Be¬ 
cause  of  their  confinement  within  the  narrow  limitations 


160 


Prayer — Between  Friends 


of  tribalism  and  nationalistic  aspiration,  the  disciples  of 
Jesus  would  only  gradually  discover  the  meaning  of 
“kingdom”  as  Jesus  used  it. 

For  Jesus,  the  kingdom  of  heaven  or  the  kingdom  of 
God  was  a  reference  to  “kingly  reign” — the  relationship 
between  God  and  his  people.  The  disciples  would  only 
begin  to  understand  the  meaning  of  the  kingdom  as  they 
experienced  the  catastrophic  event  of  Jesus’  death  on  Cal¬ 
vary  and  the  glorious  victory,  three  days  later,  on  that 
first  Easter  morning,  when  Jesus  conquered  sin  and 
death  through  his  resurrection.  In  time  they  would  un¬ 
derstand  that  the  meaning  of  the  kingdom  is  defined  by 
the  King  himself.  The  kingdom  is  where  the  King  is,  and 
those  who  follow  the  King  are  in  the  kingdom. 

By  the  time  of  the  first  church  council  held  in  Jerusa¬ 
lem,  the  first-century  believers  had  reached  agreement 
on  the  fact  that  God’s  kingdom  is  universally  available  to 
everyone  who  has  faith — Jews  and  gentiles — to  all  who 
trust  in  Jesus  Christ.  This  cataclysmic  decision  for  the 
Jewish  believers  of  Jerusalem  resulted  from  Peter’s  ex¬ 
perience  with  Cornelius  and  the  testimony  of  Barnabas 
and  Paul  as  they  reported  gentile  conversions. 

James,  the  chairperson  for  that  first  council,  quoted 
from  the  Book  of  the  Twelve — -the  Minor  Prophets — to 
validate  the  council’s  decision.  Quoting  from  the  Greek 
version  of  the  Prophet  Amos  (Amos  9:8-12),  James 
says,  “  ‘After  this  I  will  return,  and  I  will  rebuild  the 
dwelling  of  David,  which  has  fallen;  from  its  ruins  I  will 
rebuild  it,  and  I  will  set  it  up,  so  that  all  other  people 
may  seek  the  Lord — even  all  the  Gentiles  over  whom 
my  name  has  been  called.  Thus  says  the  Lord,  who  has 
been  making  these  things  known  from  long  ago’  ”  (Acts 
15:16,  17). 

This  is  the  kingdom  of  God  for  which  we  praise  him — it 


Kingdom,  Power,  and  Glory 


161 


is  the  kingly  reign  that  belongs  to  God  and  becomes  the 
gift  to  every  believer.  To  this  kingdom  and  this  King  we 
sing  the  praise  of  this  last  sentence  of  our  Lord’s  Prayer. 

“And  the  power.”  Here,  we  offer  thanks  to  God 
for  his  power  and  his  authority.  According  to  the  New 
Testament  teaching,  the  Christian  finds  power  in  the  con¬ 
fidence  that  God  is  a  God  of  power.  As  believers  we  can¬ 
not  control  or  make  use  of  power  in  pursuing  our  purposes 
and  goals.  The  good  news  of  the  gospel  is  found  in  the 
assurance  of  the  authority  that  resides  with  the  Son  of 
God.  Because  Jesus  Christ  has  that  authority,  it  means 
that  no  other  force — human  evil,  death,  angels,  the 
devil — has  that  power.  Rather,  all  power  centers  in 
Christ  and  in  his  reign — all  of  history  is  bounded  by  the 
love  of  Christ. 

Having  established  this  eternal  truth,  we  also  conclude 
that  a  tremendous  authority  comes  to  the  believer  who  is 
assured  of  God’s  authority.  It  means  that  the  believer  is 
set  free  from  the  false  powers  and  from  paniclike  fear  in 
the  face  of  threats  of  wrongful  power.  We  see  something 
like  this  in  the  character  Jean  Valjean,  in  Victor  Hugo’s 
Les  Miserables. 

In  this  moving  story,  Jean  Valjean  has  experienced  the 
tender  and  strong  love  of  the  priest,  Father  Bienvenue,  in 
the  midst  of  his  darkest  hour.  The  remarkable  musical 
portrayal  of  this  Victor  Hugo  classic  weaves  together  into 
an  impressive  musical  tapestry  the  different  kinds  of 
powers  that  drive  men  and  women.  It  includes  the  surg¬ 
ing  force  and  power  of  angry  people  determined  to  de¬ 
stroy  injustice  and  the  power  of  narrow  and  confused 
righteousness  in  the  words  and  actions  of  Javaier,  the 
police  inspector. 

Then  we  see  the  power  of  the  underground  scavenger- 
thieves  who  live  solely  for  themselves — those  who  cash  in 


162 


Prayer — Between  Friends 


on  the  outcome  of  the  tragedies  of  better  people.  But  the 
greatest  power  of  all  is  the  power  that  can  heal  and 
forgive — the  power  that  can  give  life  in  the  place  of  death. 
Jean  Valjean  experienced  this  love  from  Jesus  through 
the  priest.  This  power  of  love  finally  transforms  the  pow¬ 
erful  song  of  the  angry  and  fearful  men,  which  concludes 
the  first  act  of  the  musical,  into  the  song  of  hope  that 
becomes  the  final  melody  of  the  closing  scene. 

Jesus  has  done  this  very  same  thing  with  the  Jewish 
language  of  the  kingdom.  He  has  transformed  the  fierce 
songs  of  the  kingdom  that  were  so  common  to  the  people 
in  the  first  century.  In  the  Qumran  community,  on  the 
shores  of  the  Dead  Sea,  archaeological  discoveries  have 
produced  parchments  containing  the  harsh,  nationalistic 
songs  of  a  people  protesting  outside  rule,  oppression,  and 
authority.  Jesus  transformed  the  militant  kingdom 
yearnings  of  the  nationalist  zealots  into  the  universal 
song  of  hope  for  all  people  who  are  conquered  not  by 
violence  but  by  love. 

This  is  authentic  power:  It  is  worth  having,  and  we 
receive  it  from  Jesus  Christ  once  we  are  assured  of  his 
forgiveness  and  his  victory  over  death.  This  is  not  the 
power  one  person  has  over  another. 

We  need  this  power  of  love  most.  Unlike  all  other  pow¬ 
ers,  it  never  corrupts  those  who  receive  it.  Its  grace  “buys 
our  souls  for  God.” 

“And  the  glory.”  In  both  the  Old  and  New  Testa¬ 
ments  glory  has  to  do  with  the  presence  of  God.  Because 
of  the  awareness  of  “presence”  in  the  word,  a  sense  of 
luminosity  and  spectacle  accompanies  the  biblical  por¬ 
trayals  of  glory.  The  dramatic  encounter  between  the 
Prophet  Isaiah  and  the  Lord  vividly  shows  this.  With 
color  and  imagery,  the  prophet  says, 


Kingdom,  Power,  and  Glory 


163 


In  the  year  that  King  Uzziah  died,  I  saw  the  Lord 
sitting  on  a  throne,  high  and  lofty;  and  the  hem  of 
his  robe  filled  the  temple.  Seraphs  were  in  atten¬ 
dance  above  him;  each  had  six  wings;  with  two  they 
covered  their  faces,  and  with  two  they  covered  their 
feet,  and  with  two  they  flew.  And  one  called  to  an¬ 
other  and  said:  “Holy,  holy,  holy  is  the  Lord  of  hosts; 
the  whole  earth  is  full  of  his  glory  ” 

Isaiah  6:1-3,  italics  mine 

Matthew  captures  this  same  mystery  and  glory  as  he 
describes  the  scene  on  the  Mount  of  Transfiguration,  “Six 
days  later,  Jesus  took  with  him  Peter  and  James  and  his 
brother  John  and  led  them  up  a  high  mountain,  by  them¬ 
selves.  And  he  was  transfigured  before  them ,  and  his  face 
shown  like  the  sun ,  and  his  clothes  became  dazzling  white” 
(Matthew  17:1,  2,  italics  mine). 

In  the  Book  of  Revelation’s  colorful  imagery,  we  catch 
a  marvelous  picture  of  the  glory  of  God  the  Father  and 
the  Lamb  in  the  majestic  words  of  the  song: 

“.  .  .  Holy,  holy,  holy,  the  Lord  God  the  Almighty, 
who  was  and  is  and  is  to  come.”  And  whenever  the 
living  creatures  gave  glory  and  honor  and  thanks  to 
the  one  who  is  seated  on  the  throne,  who  lives  for¬ 
ever  and  ever,  the  twenty-four  elders  fall  before  the 
one  who  is  seated  on  the  throne  and  worship  the  one 
who  lives  forever  and  ever;  they  cast  their  crowns 
before  the  throne,  singing,  “You  are  worthy,  our 
Lord  and  God,  to  receive  glory  and  honor  and  power , 
for  you  created  all  things,  and  by  your  will  they 
existed  and  were  created.” 

Revelation  4:8-11,  italics  mine 

The  word  “glory”  carries  within  its  meanings  the  sense 
of  our  recognition  of  ultimate  worth.  We  sing  the  Gloria 


164 


Prayer — Between  Friends 


in  Christian  worship  when  we  have  discovered  the  wor¬ 
thiness  of  God.  This  is  why  the  Gloria  follows  great  af¬ 
firmations  about  God. 

Only  God  deserves  a  word  as  large  as  Glory!  And  it  is 
his  to  share  that  glory  as  he  chooses  with  humanity. 
When  a  human  being  has  caught  the  vision  of  the  disclo¬ 
sure  of  the  character  of  God  by  the  Lord  himself,  then  the 
word  glory  becomes  appropriate  as  the  best  description 
he  can  come  up  with  through  the  use  of  the  inadequate 
human  vocabulary. 

The  word  “glory,”  as  used  throughout  the  Old  and  New 
Testaments,  signals  to  us  that  God  deserves  our  praise. 
When  God  himself  draws  us  into  his  presence,  as  new 
men  and  women  we  may  share  in  his  glory  in  a  reflected 
way.  Paul’s  majestic  and  affirmative  words  to  the  Chris¬ 
tians  at  Rome  describe  this: 

We  know  that  all  things  work  together  for  good  for 
those  who  love  God,  who  are  called  according  to  his 
purpose.  For  those  whom  he  foreknew  he  also  pre¬ 
destined  to  be  conformed  to  the  image  of  his  Son,  in 
order  that  he  might  be  the  firstborn  within  a  large 
family.  And  those  whom  he  predestined  he  also 
called;  and  those  whom  he  called  he  also  justified; 
and  those  whom  he  justified  he  also  glorified. 

Romans  8:28-30,  italics  mine 

We  experience  God’s  great  decision  in  our  favor 
through  approval  of  us — what  the  Apostle  Paul  refers  to 
as  the  “weight  of  glory”  (2  Corinthians  4:17).  But  for  us, 
glory  is  a  complicated  experience,  because  we  experience 
its  “weight.”  But  we  can  accept  the  fact  with  confidence 
that  the  glory  of  Jesus  Christ  does  shine  upon  us  and  that 
weight  of  his  presence  is  a  gift  granted  to  us  just  as  we 
received  the  gift  of  his  gracious  forgiveness. 


Kingdom,  Power,  and  Glory 


165 


C.  S.  Lewis  explored  the  meanings  of  that  “weight  of 
glory”  in  a  sermon  he  preached  to  Oxford  students  in 
1939.  Among  other  things  he  said, 

.  .  .  Either  glory  means  to  me  fame,  or  it  means  lu¬ 
minosity  .  .  .  the  desire  for  fame  appears  to  me  as  a 
competitive  passion  and  therefore  of  hell  rather  than 
heaven.  As  for  the  second,  who  wishes  to  become 
kind  of  a  living  electric  light  bulb?  When  I  began  to 
look  into  this  matter  I  was  shocked  to  find  such  dif¬ 
ferent  Christians  as  Milton,  Johnson,  and  Thomas 
Aquinas  taking  heavenly  glory  quite  frankly  in  the 
sense  of  fame  or  good  report.  But  not  fame  conferred 
by  our  fellow  creatures — fame  with  God,  approval  or 
(I  might  say)  “appreciation”  by  God.  And  then  when 
I  had  thought  it  over,  I  saw  that  this  view  was  scrip¬ 
tural;  nothing  can  eliminate  from  the  parable  in  the 
divine  accolade,  “Well  done,  thou  good  and  faithful 
servant.”  With  that,  a  good  deal  of  what  I  had  been 
thinking  all  my  life  fell  down  like  a  house  of  cards. 

I  suddenly  remembered  that  nothing  is  so  obvious  in 
a  child — not  in  a  conceited  child,  but  in  a  good 
child — as  its  great  and  undisguised  pleasure  in  be¬ 
ing  praised.2 

There  is  no  more  vital  experience  than  to  know  the 
King  and  his  sovereign  righteousness,  knowing  his  ul¬ 
timate  worthiness  and  then  experiencing  his  approval. 
Can  you  see  now  how  this  final  doxology  in  the  Lord’s 
Prayer  has  brought  us  full  circle  to  the  opening  four 
commandments  that  God  gave  to  Moses  on  Mount 
Sinai?  We  have  been  brought  to  the  great  “worship 
commandments,”  and  these  point  us  toward  God  and  his 
character.  In  this  magnificent  doxology  we  have  the 
best  protection  against  idolatry,  vanity,  polytheism,  and 


166 


Prayer — Between  Friends 


meaninglessness.  When  we  really  know  the  King — who 
he  is  and  his  authority  and  worthiness — we  no  longer 
need  the  idols  of  Baal,  the  Roman  city  gods,  or  any  of 
the  false  gods  of  our  late  twentieth  century.  The  doxol- 
ogy  that  closes  out  the  Lord’s  Prayer  turns  our  eyes 
upon  the  Lord  himself. 

For  Ever.  Amen.  This  brings  us  now  to  the  closing 
words,  “For  ever.  Amen”  (kjv).  Here  we  have  the  words  of 
fulfillment  and  faithfulness.  “For  ever”  is  not  used  in  the 
Greek  sense  of  infinity.  Rather,  it  is  used  in  the  Hebrew 
sense  of  completion,  and  this  is  affirmed  to  us  by  its  com¬ 
panion  word  “Amen” — a  word  brought  directly  into  the 
Greek  from  Hebrew. 

“Amen”  in  its  concrete  Hebrew  sense  and  meaning  is 
defined  as  “foundation  stone”  or  “pillar,”  as,  for  example, 
in  2  Kings  18:16,  where  it  is  used  to  describe  the  door¬ 
posts  of  the  Temple.  In  Isaiah  22:23  the  word  “Amen”  is 
translated  “peg  in  a  secure  place.”  And  the  same  word  is 
used  in  a  double  form  at  the  close  of  Psalm  41:13,  where 
it  is  “Amen  and  Amen.”  In  this  instance  it  means  the 
faithfulness  of  God,  followed  by  the  response  of  our  faith. 
This  is  probably  the  intention  of  our  Lord’s  double  use  of 
the  word  at  the  opening  of  many  of  his  speeches.  For 
example,  it  is  this  word  Jesus  used  when  he  said,  “  'Very 
truly  [Amen,  amen]  I  tell  you  .  .  .’  ”  (John  1:51).  Over  and 
over  again  in  the  Gospel  of  John  especially  we  have  the 
words,  “Verily,  verily”  or  “truly,  truly.”  In  each  case,  the 
original  is  “Amen,  amen.”  God’s  faithfulness  for  our  faith. 

In  this  doxology,  as  throughout  the  Lord’s  Prayer,  we 
have  the  sense  of  the  awesome  majesty  and  holiness  of 
God,  but  at  the  same  time  we  feel  the  presence  of  a  loving 
heavenly  Father  who  cares  for  us,  provides  for  us,  and  is 


Kingdom,  Power,  and  Glory 


167 


at  all  times  intimately  aware  of  our  feelings  and  needs. 
Indeed,  through  our  prayer  we  feel  the  intimacy  of  friend¬ 
ship  with  the  One  who  is  described  in  these  words,  “And 
the  Word  became  flesh  and  lived  among  us,  and  we  have 
seen  his  glory,  the  glory  as  of  a  father’s  only  son,  full  of 
grace  and  truth”  (John  1:14). 


15 


Daily  Prayer 


Christians  not  only  require  daily  bread,  we  also  need 
daily  prayer.  Saint  Augustine  explained  the  reason  for 
this  need  when  he  wrote  in  his  Confessions :  “Our  hearts 
are  restless  until  they  find  their  rest  in  Thee.”  Prayer  is 
a  rest  in  the  Lord  who  is  our  Friend,  because  by  prayer 
we  trust  and  put  our  weight  down  upon  the  faithfulness 
of  God. 

Saint  Augustine  also  understood  the  dynamic  nature 
of  prayer  when  he  himself  prayed,  “But  thou,  Lord,  ever 
workest,  and  art  ever  at  rest  ...  so  rest  in  us  as  now 
thou  workest  in  us.”  Prayer  is  work  because  in  prayer 
we  think  things  through  with  God,  and  we  bring  our 
real  lives  into  the  living  presence  of  the  Lord  in  order  to 
hear  his  will  and  his  mandate.  That  can  hardly  be  a 
passive  experience! 


170 


Prayer — Between  Friends 


A  Daily  Rule 

At  this  point  in  our  prayer  pilgrimage  let  us  look  at 
some  of  the  ways  that  Christians  pray.  I  believe  that  the 
daily  rule  for  prayer  is  important,  not  as  the  requirement 
of  a  technique  or  a  law,  but  because  every  relationship 
needs  the  continuity  of  communication  in  order  to  grow 
and  deepen.  For  this  reason,  regular,  daily  prayer  has 
been,  and  is,  my  goal. 

I  like  to  stand  at  the  front  window  of  our  house  and 
pray  for  the  people  and  events  that  are  a  part  of  my  day. 
Before  the  rest  of  the  family  is  awake  and  up,  I  set  apart 
this  special  time  with  God.  When  I  drive  to  work  at 
certain  streets  and  one  large  traffic  circle  I  sing  songs  of 
praise  to  God  for  the  day.  Among  my  favorites  are, 
“Let  the  First  Song  I  Sing  Today  Be  Praise  to  You,” 
and,  “Make  Me  Like  You,  Lord,  Please  Make  Me  Like 
You.”  Fm  also  very  fond  of  “O  God,  Our  Help  in  Ages 
Past,”  “When  I  Survey  the  Wondrous  Cross,”  “Amazing 
Grace,”  and  “Praise  the  Savior  Ye  Who  Know  Him.”  In 
other  words  I  have  found  it  helpful  to  have  certain  habits 
of  prayer  and  praise  that  accompany  the  ordinary  rou¬ 
tines  of  my  day,  including  specific  places  that  are  a  part 
of  that  routine.  In  this  way,  traditions  become  a  part  of 
my  personal  life  journey. 

It  has  also  long  been  a  practice  in  our  home  to  pray  at 
meal  times.  Part  of  our  family  tradition  is  to  hold  hands 
around  the  table  as  we  pray. 

At  night  we  pray  for  a  good  sleep  and  for  safety  for  all 
of  our  loved  ones  and  friends.  My  daughter  Anne  and  I 
are  both  journal  keepers.  Here  we  write  about  the  people 
and  activities  in  our  lives.  These  become  a  very  impor¬ 
tant  part  of  our  prayers  as  we  remember  the  people  and 
events  recorded  there. 


Daily  Prayer 


171 


A  Structured  Time  and  Place.  I  find  that  a  daily 
quiet  time  of  prayer  and  meditation  is  very  important  to 
many  people,  and  I  have  attempted  to  build  this  into  my 
own  schedule.  My  father  has  structured  a  quiet  time  into 
each  morning  immediately  following  his  regimen  of  body 
exercises.  Other  of  my  friends  listen  to  tapes,  meditate, 
pray,  and  even  sing  during  their  daily  routines  of  jogging 
or  walking.  Another  friend  drives  the  fifty  to  seventy-five 
miles  from  Berkeley  to  Sacramento  and  back  almost  ev¬ 
ery  day,  and  he  has  set  aside  a  part  of  the  trip  each  day 
as  his  time  of  reflection  and  prayer. 

However,  whenever  we  do  it,  each  of  us  needs  to  estab¬ 
lish  our  own  routines  and  traditions  that  build  our  rela¬ 
tionship  and  friendship  with  the  Lord.  C.  S.  Lewis 
commented,  “Active  habits  are  strengthened  through 
repetition.”  We  need  active  habits  especially  when  it 
comes  to  the  development  of  our  habits  of  prayer. 

Personal  but  Not  Private.  Ronald  Thompson,  a 
good  friend  of  mine,  commented,  “Christian  faith  is  per¬ 
sonal  but  it  is  not  private.”  How  true!  Yes,  at  times  we 
want  to  be  alone,  but  as  Christians  we  have  built  into  our 
biblical  faith  a  tradition  of  warm  and  nourishing  fellow¬ 
ship.  Indeed,  the  Lord  has  called  us  into  a  relationship 
with  himself,  but  he  also  calls  us  into  fellowship  with 
other  people. 

In  fact,  in  the  Bible’s  first  description  of  Christian  be¬ 
lievers  Luke  wrote  in  the  Book  of  Acts:  “So  those  who 
welcomed  his  [Peter’s]  message  were  baptized.  .  .  .  They 
devoted  themselves  to  the  apostles’  teaching  and  fel¬ 
lowship,  to  the  breaking  of  bread  and  the  prayers” 
(2:41,  42). 


172 


Prayer — Between  Friends 


I  believe  that  group  prayer  forms  a  vital  part  of  the 
Christian’s  whole  prayer  experience.  The  prayer  groups  I 
have  belonged  to  in  my  own  Christian  journey  have 
played  a  key  role  in  my  spiritual  formation.  As  a  Chris¬ 
tian  I  have  always  needed  brothers  and  sisters  who  are 
my  prayer  partners. 

I  recall  so  vividly  the  first  prayer  group  in  which  I  took 
part.  It  was  a  college  group  at  the  First  Presbyterian 
Church  of  Berkeley,  and  we  met  regularly  to  pray  for  one 
another  and  our  common  lives  as  students  at  the  Univer¬ 
sity  of  California.  A  fellow  student  and  friend,  Larry 
Cardwell,  still  stands  out  in  my  memory  because  of  his 
strong  faith  in  God.  I  knew  that  Larry  was  fiercely  honest 
about  everything,  and  when  he  shared  with  our  group 
that  he  trusted  God  completely,  it  carried  a  lot  of  weight 
with  me. 

When  I  entered  Princeton  Theological  Seminary,  I 
joined  a  group  that  became  very  formative  in  my  life. 
University  and  seminary  students  met  early  in  the 
morning  once  a  week.  Whimsically,  we  called  ourselves 
“the  Original  Twelve.”  We  studied  the  Bible  and  prayed 
together.  From  this  fellowship  group  I  learned  about 
the  exciting  power  of  the  Bible  to  be  relevant  to  our  ev¬ 
eryday  life,  if  we  are  willing  to  be  open  and  receptive  to 
the  text.  Second,  I  discovered  the  warm  and  supportive 
fellowship  that  comes  when  we  pray  together  with  fel¬ 
low  Christians,  and  that  fellowship  of  prayer  has  con¬ 
tinued  on  with  lifelong  friends  that  I  made  in  that 
group. 

Later,  during  the  two  summers  that  I  was  a  seminary 
intern  at  the  First  Presbyterian  Church  of  Berkeley  I 
learned  the  good  discipline  of  a  daily  early-morning 
group  that  was  led  by  Dr.  Ralph  Byron,  a  layman  of  the 


Daily  Prayer 


173 


church.  Our  group  prayed  for  world  needs,  for  the  min¬ 
istry  of  missionaries  and  Christian  workers,  and  for  one 
another.  In  this  experience  of  persistent  intercession,  I 
was  stretched  by  my  exposure  to  what  Christians  in  other 
worshiping  traditions  have  called  the  daily  office  of 
prayer. 

The  prayer-group  Experiences  I  had  at  Forest  Home 
Christian  Conference  Center,  in  the  San  Bernardino 
Mountains,  near  Los  Angeles,  during  the  time  of  Dr. 
Henrietta  Mears,  especially  encouraged  me  during  the 
earliest  years  of  my  ministry  as  a  pastor  to  students. 
Miss  Mears  had  the  gift  of  contagious,  enthusiastic  con¬ 
fidence  in  the  power  of  the  gospel  of  Jesus  Christ,  be¬ 
cause  she  knew  the  Lord  of  that  gospel  so  well.  I  recall 
one  time  when  someone  asked  Miss  Mears,  who  was 
then  in  her  senior  years,  what  she  would  do  differently 
if  she  could  relive  her  life.  Without  a  moment  of  hesi¬ 
tation,  she  answered,  “I  would  trust  God  more.”  Hers 
were  always  prayers  of  trust,  in  which  she  realistically 
took  note  of  the  problems  but  always  kept  her  eyes  on 
the  Lord. 

In  these  few  paragraphs  I  have  shared  only  a  few  ex¬ 
periences  and  people  who  have  enriched  my  life  because 
we  prayed  together.  Dr.  Robert  Boyd  Munger  also  taught 
me  to  pray;  he  was  not  only  my  senior  colleague  but  my 
prayer  colleague  as  well. 

The  Supportive  Power  of  Shared  Prayer 

Today  I  benefit  from  two  regular  groups  that  play  a 
highly  significant  role  in  my  present  journey  as  a  Chris¬ 
tian.  The  first  group  has  met  together  every  Wednesday 


174 


Prayer — Between  Friends 


morning,  for  nineteen  years.  We  eat  together,  share  to¬ 
gether,  pray  together,  and  study  the  Bible  together.  The 
special  concern  of  this  group  is  to  pray  for  one  another 
as  we  attempt  to  fulfill  our  varied  vocational  callings. 
The  other  group,  comprised  of  pastors,  meets  together 
monthly.  Our  goal  is  to  pray  for  one  another  and  the 
ministry  and  outreach  of  each  church. 

Because  of  the  richness  of  my  own  experiences  and 
their  dramatic  impact  on  my  spiritual  journey,  I  always 
encourage  Christians  to  locate  a  group  with  which  they 
can  pray  and  study  the  Bible.  And  if  there  isn’t  such  a 
group  available,  I  ask  them  to  consider  starting  one. 
Nothing  substitutes  for  the  supportive  help  and 
strength  that  we  give  to  one  another.  The  Apostle  Paul, 
well  aware  of  the  power  of  Christian  prayer  fellow¬ 
ship  and  support,  commented  to  the  Christians  at  the 
church  in  Philippi,  “For  I  know  that  through  your 
prayers  and  the  help  of  the  Spirit  of  Jesus  Christ  this 
will  turn  out  for  my  deliverance”  (Philippians  1:19). 
The  Greek  word  translated  “help”  in  this  verse  is  epi- 
choragia.  From  the  root  of  this  word  we  get  our  English 
words  chorus ,  chorale ,  and  choreography.  Here  the 
Apostle  tells  us  that  God  is  the  master  choreographer  of 
our  lives  and  our  prayers,  even  of  our  relational  con¬ 
nections  and  meetings.  We  decide  to  pray,  and  in  our 
freedom  we  decide  what  to  do  in  our  human  encounters. 
But  God  choreographs  our  prayer  and  our  lives  to  the 
good  benefit  of  the  world  around  us.  This  is  encouraging 
news  as  we  look  back  and  look  forward  toward  the  fu¬ 
ture. 

We  pray  and  we  pray  together  because  the  Lord  has 
invited  us  into  the  place  of  agreement,  where  he  meets 
us,  and  we  call  our  experience  of  that  place  prayer — the 
prayer  between  friends.  We  thought  it  was  our  idea  to 


Daily  Prayer 


175 


pray — and  in  reality  it  was — the  mystery  of  it  all  is  that 
when  we  are  in  that  place  of  agreement  called  prayer,  we 
discover  Someone  waiting  there,  with  a  fire  going  and 
even  food  to  eat  (John  21:12,  13). 


16 


Between  Friends 


Several  years  ago  I  was  invited  to  be  the  retreat 
speaker  at  an  Inter  Varsity  Christian  Fellowship  confer¬ 
ence  at  a  camp  in  the  jungle-covered  mountains  near  the 
city  of  Cebu  in  the  south-central  Philippines.  Several  of 
the  leaders  and  I  arrived  from  Manila,  at  an  agreed-upon 
meeting  place,  so  we  could  travel  together  up  to  the  camp. 
The  camp  was  located  high  in  the  mountains,  above  a 
deep,  tropical,  river  valley. 

At  a  small  airport,  an  InterVarsity  student  leader,  who 
knew  the  terrain  well,  met  us.  He  had  written  out  an 
elaborate  set  of  directions  and  had  drawn  a  map  to  guide 
us  up  through  the  mountains  to  the  campsite.  He  showed 
us  the  four-wheel-drive  truck  and  supplemented  his  writ¬ 
ten  directions  and  the  map  with  some  added  warnings.  It 
was  a  hazardous  four-hour  trip,  over  a  rough  route;  he 
warned  us  to  be  careful  crossing  the  river  and  told  us 
where  we  should  go  if  the  afternoon  rains  had  caused  the 


178 


Prayer — Between  Friends 


river  to  swell  so  we  couldn't  cross  at  the  prescribed  place. 
Finally  he  warned  us  to  watch  the  edges  of  the  cliffs 
carefully,  in  case  of  mud  slides  or  a  possible  washout. 

Apparently,  the  looks  on  our  faces  betrayed  the  terror 
we  felt  down  inside.  After  a  few  minutes  of  such  descrip¬ 
tive  instructions,  he  stopped  and  looked  from  one  of  us  to 
another.  Then  came  the  first  good  news  we’d  heard  since 
we  arrived,  “Oh,  heck,  I’ll  go  with  you  guys,  and  I’ll 
drive.” 

In  that  happy  moment,  which  made  the  humid  Philip¬ 
pine  afternoon  bearable,  I  learned  a  very  important  life 
principle:  A  guide  alongside  is  infinitely  better  than  a 
map  and  written  instructions.  And  the  great  good  news 
for  us,  in  our  Christian  journey,  is  that  Jesus  Christ  is 
the  Guide  who  has  joined  us.  He  guides  us,  not  because 
we  have  hired  him  or  because  he  feels  sorry  for  us,  but 
because  he  is  our  Friend.  We  may  find  it  difficult  to  un¬ 
derstand  why  he  wants  to  be  our  Friend  and  Companion, 
but  over  and  over  again  in  the  Gospels  we  have  the  record 
that  his  words  and  actions  prove  his  friendship. 


What  Is  This  Friendship? 

In  Jesus’  Thursday-evening  discourse  during  Passion 
Week,  one  paragraph  in  particular  gives  us  a  graphic 
affirmation  and  explanation  of  God’s  friendship  with  us: 

“This  is  my  commandment,  that  you  love  one  an¬ 
other  as  I  have  loved  you.  No  one  has  greater  love 
than  this,  to  lay  down  one’s  life  for  one’s  friends.  You 
are  my  friends  if  you  do  what  I  command  you .  I  do 
not  call  you  servants  any  longer,  because  the  ser¬ 
vant  does  not  know  what  the  master  is  doing;  hut  I 
have  called  you  friends,  because  I  have  made  known 


Between  Friends 


179 


to  you  everything  that  I  have  heard  from  my  Father. 

You  did  not  choose  me  but  I  chose  you.  And  I  ap¬ 
pointed  you  to  go  and  bear  fruit,  fruit  that  will  last, 
so  that  the  Father  will  give  you  whatever  you  ask  in 
my  name.  I  am  giving  you  these  commands  so  that 
you  may  love  one  another.” 

John  15:12-17,  italics  mine 

Two  important  questions  surface  here:  What  did  it 
mean  to  the  disciples  to  be  friends  of  the  Lord  at  that 
place  and  time  during  Holy  Week?  What  does  it  mean  for 
us  today? 

The  First  Test.  In  this  brief  New  Testament  para¬ 
graph  Jesus  offers  four  tests  of  the  friendship  he  is 
describing — two  tests  from  his  side  and  two  from  our  side. 
From  Jesus’  side  comes  the  first  test:  We  know  Christ’s 
friendship  for  us  because  of  what  he  has  done  for  us:  “  ‘No 
one  has  greater  love  than  this,  to  lay  down  one’s  life  for 
one’s  friends.’  ” 

The  reasoning  behind  this  test  of  friendship  is  that  the 
depth  and  extent  of  self-giving  love  is  the  most  funda¬ 
mental  and  timeless  criterion  of  friendships.  We  instinc¬ 
tively  employ  this  criterion  when  we  are  in  trouble  and 
need  help — whom  can  I  call  on  the  phone  at  one  in  the 
morning,  when  my  car  breaks  down? 

We  all  have  acquaintances  whom  we  enjoy  meeting  at 
church  or  at  work  or  on  the  golf  course  or  at  a  civic  club. 
But  we  wouldn’t  ask  a  favor  from  most  of  these  people, 
because  we  instinctively  realize  there  exists  an  unwrit¬ 
ten  but  real  limitation  to  the  degree  of  commitment  that 
can  be  expected  from  these  relationships.  After  all,  they 
are  acquaintances,  not  friends. 

All  our  relationships  carry  different  weights.  We  are 
indeed  fortunate  if  a  few  people  in  our  lives  would  give  us 


180 


Prayer — Between  Friends 


the  shirts  off  their  backs.  Psychologist  Jess  Lair  words  it 
this  way,  “How  many  close  friends  can  you  have?  Two, 
three,  four?  One  of  my  definitions  of  a  close  friend  is  a 
guy  who  is  around  when  you  need  him.  And  it  isn’t  be¬ 
cause  you  called  him  up,  he  is  around  because  he  is  your 
friend.”1 

Jesus  underscored  his  friendship  for  his  disciples  by 
saying  that  he  would  give  his  life  for  them,  because  they 
were  his  friends.  A  little  later  he  assured  them,  “  *. . . 
And  remember,  I  am  with  you  always  . .  .’  ”  (Matthew 
28:20).  That’s  the  kind  of  Friend  Jesus  is.  The  good  news 
for  us  is  that  he  includes  those  of  us  who  live  twenty 
centuries  later  in  that  promise  of  friendship.  The  promise 
is  definite,  personal,  and  historical,  and  it  became  an 
event  on  Mount  Calvary. 

The  Second  Test.  The  second  test  on  Jesus’  side  of 
this  friendship  equation  is  a  more  subtle  expansion  of  the 
first.  Jesus  wants  the  disciples  to  understand  his  friend¬ 
ship  not  only  in  sacrificial  and  heroic  terms  but  in  the 
interpersonal  framework  of  communication.  Jesus  tells 
his  disciples  that  he  has  taken  them  into  his  confidence 
in  a  way  only  experienced  among  close  and  good  friends, 
“  . .  I  have  made  known  to  you  everything  .  . .’  ”  (John 

15:15),  and  this  proves  the  friendship. 

Have  you  had  a  moment  at  a  bus  station  or  on  a  com¬ 
muter  train  platform  when  out  of  the  corner  of  your  eye 
you  caught  sight  of  a  familiar  face?  At  such  times  a  di¬ 
lemma  confronts  me.  I  had  counted  on  the  next  thirty 
minutes  or  so  on  that  train  or  bus  to  study  my  notes  for 
an  upcoming  lecture.  If  I  acknowledge  seeing  this 
“friend,”  it  could  result  in  our  sitting  together,  and  I 
would  lose  out  on  my  precious  time  of  study. 


Between  Friends 


181 


Now,  such  an  occasion  reveals  just  how  much  the  per¬ 
son  I  have  spotted  means  to  me.  If  that  person  is  a  good 
friend,  I  will  walk  across  the  platform  and  suggest  we 
ride  together  and  visit.  The  previously  planned  study 
time  seems  less  important,  under  the  circumstances.  On 
the  other  hand,  if  the  person  I’ve  caught  sight  of  is  an 
especially  trusted  friend  who  knows  me  well,  I  would  feel 
free  to  walk  up  to  him  and  say  something  like  this:  “It’s 
great  to  see  you,  Bob.  Let’s  sit  together,  but  I  can’t  talk  or 
visit,  because  I  have  to  study  my  notes  for  a  lecture  I’m  to 
give  later  this  morning.”  You  can  see  the  difference  in 
the  quality  of  each  friendship. 

Another  illustration  of  this  distinction  surfaces  once  a 
year  at  Christmastime,  when  we  receive  the  usual  run  of 
Christmas  letters.  If  a  letter  is  from  a  valued  friend  but 
someone  I  haven’t  been  intimately  close  to,  I  may  set  it 
aside  to  read  at  my  leisure.  On  the  other  hand,  if  a  letter 
arrives  from  someone  I  feel  especially  close  to,  I’ll  set 
everything  else  aside  and  pour  over  the  letter  immedi¬ 
ately,  because  I’m  anxious  to  know  all  that  has  happened 
to  this  special  friend. 

Jesus  wanted  his  disciples  and  us  to  know  that  we  are 
this  kind  of  special  friend.  He  wants  to  talk  to  us  and  give 
us  the  good  news  about  his  heavenly  Father.  An  intimate 
quality  about  the  friendship  Jesus  offers  us  makes  our 
relationship  warm  and  intensely  personal. 

The  Third  Test.  Now  we  come  to  the  two  tests  of 
friendship  from  our  side  of  the  relationship.  Jesus  said, 
“  ‘You  are  my  friends  if  you  do  what  I  command  you  ” 
(John  15:14,  italics  mine).  When  I  first  pondered  those 
words,  I  felt  a  strong  tinge  of  disappointment,  because  I 
thought  Jesus  had  spoken  what  amounted  to  an  omnibus 
requirement  of  obedience  to  all  of  his  commands.  I  real- 


182 


Prayer — Between  Friends 


ized  that  obedience  was  certainly  a  part  of  my  disciple- 
ship  responsibilities,  but  I  felt  disappointed  that  he  would 
insert  the  demand  for  obedience  in  a  statement  about 
friendship. 

However  as  I  reflected  more  closely  on  Jesus’  words  I 
saw  that  here  he  focuses  our  attention  not  on  all  the  rules 
of  discipleship  but  on  the  one  great  commandment  with 
which  he  begins  and  ends  his  statement,  “This  is  my 
commandment,  that  you  love  one  another  ...”  and  “I  am 
giving  you  these  commands  so  that  you  may  love  one 
another”  (John  15:12,  17).  When  I  came  to  terms  with 
this  very  simple  and  clear  contextual  sense,  in  which  one 
single  command  of  Jesus  is  affirmed,  I  saw  its  good  and 
exciting  connection  to  my  friendship  with  him.  I  realized 
Jesus  asked  us  to  share  his  friendship  with  other  people. 

To  illustrate:  Imagine  that  you  are  on  a  walking  tour  of 
a  grand  estate,  possibly  in  England.  Your  tour  guide, 
who  also  happens  to  be  a  friend  of  the  owner,  shows  you 
through  the  mansion  room  by  room.  Everything  you  see 
arouses  your  admiration — the  gardens,  the  swimming 
pool,  the  passageways,  the  dining  hall,  and  the  vaulted 
great  hall.  While  looking  around  the  great  hall,  you  com¬ 
ment  to  your  guide,  “What  a  beautiful  vase  on  that  table 
over  there.” 

The  guide  turns  and  asks,  “Do  you  really  like  that 
vase?”  “Yes,  I  think  that  is  the  most  beautiful  vase  I  have 
ever  seen,”  you  reply.  With  that,  the  guide  says,  “Then  it 
is  yours.  I  know  the  owner  of  this  house  very  well,  and 
my  friend  would  want  you  to  have  the  vase.  It’s  yours.” 

This  is  exactly  the  idea  that  Jesus  is  getting  across  to 
his  disciples.  In  effect,  he  says,  “You  will  indeed  prove 
that  you  are  my  friend  if  you  give  away  the  valued  pos¬ 
sessions  of  my  estate,  and  my  love  is  the  most  valuable  of 


Between  Friends 


183 


all.  When  you  give  my  love  to  others,  you  have  proved 
our  friendship.” 

In  his  interpretation  of  the  Lord’s  Prayer  Martin 
Luther  had  a  telling  comment  on  the  petition  in  which 
Jesus  teaches  us  to  ask  forgiveness  for  our  trespasses  and 
then  says  that  we  are  to  forgive  those  who  trespass 
against  us.  Luther  observed  that  the  second  part  of  the 
petition  is  given  to  us  because  with  it  the  Lord  lets  us  see 
that  we  will  experience  forgiveness  in  a  definite  and  prac¬ 
tical  way — we  are  assured  of  our  forgiveness  when  we  are 
able  to  forgive  others  who  have  acted  against  us. 

When  we  share  Christ’s  love,  we  prove  inwardly  and 
outwardly  that  we  ourselves  are  experiencing  that  love, 
and  in  the  sharing  we  are  assured  that  we  are  friends  of 
Jesus  Christ.  Think  of  it!  We  prove  Christ’s  extravagant 
friendship  when  we  extravagantly  give  away  Christ’s 
best  treasures  as  if  there  was  an  endless  supply! 

The  Fourth  Test.  The  final  test  of  our  friendship 
is  as  simple  as  it  is  direct,  “  *. . .  the  Father  will  give  you 
whatever  you  ask  him  in  my  name’  ”  (John  15:16,  italics 
mine).  This  test  of  friendship  on  our  side  is  a  carbon  copy 
of  the  second  test  on  Jesus’  side  of  the  equation.  Jesus 
takes  us  into  his  confidence  because  he  considers  us  his 
friends,  and  now  we  are  invited  to  do  the  same  toward 
him.  We  are  encouraged  to  take  God  into  our  confidence, 
and  when  we  do,  we  have  the  right  to  use  the  name  of 
Jesus  according  to  our  need.  Here  Jesus  invites  us  to  pray 
to  the  Father  in  his  name,  without  embarrassment  or 
hesitation.  In  so  doing  we  prove  that  Jesus  is  both  our 
Friend  and  our  Lord. 

In  this  remarkable  statement  the  Lord  invites  us  to 
pray  for  the  concerns  on  our  hearts  with  the  same  open¬ 
ness  and  lack  of  embarrassment  that  go  with  the  requests 


184 


Prayer — Between  Friends 


and  questions  that  we  ask  of  a  really  good  friend.  We  can 
do  this  at  any  time  of  the  day  or  night — even  at  one  in  the 
morning! 

Prayer  becomes  one  more  test  of  the  durable  reality  of 
our  friendship — it  is  the  miraculously  free  and  privileged 
language  between  friends.  As  believers  in  Jesus  Christ, 
when  we  speak  of  prayer,  we  describe  a  friendship  that 
has  taken  the  whole  world  by  surprise.  It  is  friendship 
with  the  One  who  not  only  willingly  gave  us  a  set  of 
directions  and  a  map,  but  he  decided  to  come  along  with 
us  on  our  journey  of  life. 


17 


And  Finally  .  .  . 


If  we  want  to  come  to  a  clear  understanding  of  what 
God  is  like,  we  should  ask  ourselves  one  simple  question: 
“What  does  prayer  mean  to  me?” 

Our  response  to  this  question  goes  to  the  very  heart  of 
what  we  understand  God  to  be  like.  Dr.  George  Hendry, 
the  Charles  Hodge  Professor  Theology  at  Princeton  Theo¬ 
logical  Seminary,  first  helped  me  to  discover  this  very 
simple  doorway  into  the  vast  territory  of  the  theology  of 
God.  He  asked  this  question  of  all  the  young  theologians 
at  the  seminary,  because  he  knew  that  when  we  pray — if 
we  do — we  reveal  what  we  believe  about  God  in  a  more 
accurate  way  than  if  we  just  talk  about  God.  Therefore 
this  is  as  much  a  book  about  what  we  believe  about  God 
as  it  is  about  why  and  how  we  pray  to  God. 

If  God  seems  an  impersonal  force  to  us,  then  our 
prayers  reveal  that  we  expect  an  impersonal  nonlistener. 
On  the  other  hand,  if  we  understand  God  as  the  One  who 


186 


Prayer — Between  Friends 


has  spoken  and  made  himself  known  in  Jesus  Christ,  our 
prayers  will  reflect  a  tenaciously  personal  theology  in  the 
way  we  expect  a  living  God  of  love  to  hear  us. 

Prayer  is  not  one  of  several  possible  religious  acts  or 
disciplines  that  devout  people  might  become  good  at  or 
well  trained  to  do.  Rather,  prayer  is  our  part  in  and  our 
experience  of  the  very  heart  of  the  whole  mystery  of  be¬ 
ing  and  of  the  mystery  of  God.  Prayer  is  our  side  of  the 
friendship  we  experience  in  our  relationship  with  Al¬ 
mighty  God. 

In  the  beginning  of  this  journey  into  the  meanings  of 
prayer,  I  told  the  story  of  Dr.  Donald  Grey  Barnhouse 
and  his  crisp  sentence,  “Our  prayers  don’t  change  God 
but  they  do  change  us.”  As  you  can  see,  I  have  disagreed 
with  the  first  part  of  his  statement,  but  the  second  part  of 
his  sentence  is  wonderfully  true. 

Prayer  does  change  history  as  we  become  partners  of 
God’s  will — at  the  same  time,  prayer  changes  us.  By 
prayer  we  make  our  complete  selves  open  to  God  so  that 
we  welcome  his  grace  and  righteousness  into  our  daily 
lives.  This  happens  when  we  dare  to  pray,  and  somehow 
the  mystery  of  prayer  takes  on  ethical  and  behavioral 
implications. 

It  seems  to  me  that  somehow  or  other,  people  are  more 
intellectually  thoughtful  and  ethically  active  after  pray¬ 
ing.  Prayer  affects  and  even  changes  our  attitudes  and 
our  way  of  life.  That  great  English  writer  of  our  century 
Malcolm  Muggeridge  discovered  this  when  he  visited  the 
Sisters  of  Charity  Mission  to  the  dying,  in  Calcutta,  In¬ 
dia.  At  first  blush  Muggeridge  thought  these  sisters  and 
their  tiny  Albanian  leader,  Mother  Teresa,  spent  alto¬ 
gether  too  much  time  in  their  various  offices  of  prayer. 
But  then  he  discovered  that  these  women  of  prayer  had 
far  more  energy  and  skill  and  grace  than  they  could  have 


And  Finally  .  .  . 


187 


mustered  through  their  human  resources.  These  mission¬ 
ary  sisters  profoundly  influenced  Muggeridge  as  he  beau¬ 
tifully  told  their  story  in  his  moving  book  Something 
Beautiful  for  God. 

Yes,  prayer  changes  us,  and  not  because  we  are  good  at 
it,  but  because  of  the  One  to  whom  we  open  our  hearts 
and  minds  when  we  pray.  In  prayer  we  discover  that  God 
is  indeed  alive  and  present  through  his  Son,  Jesus  Christ, 
just  as  was  announced  by  the  young  man  in  a  white  robe 
at  Jesus’  empty  tomb,  “  .  .  you  are  looking  for  Jesus  of 

Nazareth,  who  was  crucified.  He  had  been  raised:  he  is 
not  here  . .  /  ”  (Mark  16:6,  italics  mine). 

This  living  Lord  invites  us  to  pray,  and  every  time  we 
do  we  confess  our  faith  in  the  living  God,  every  time  we 
pray,  we  risk  having  our  lives  changed.  For  me,  the  best 
discovery  of  all  is  that  the  One  who  meets  me  in  prayer  is 
my  Friend,  as  he  has  been  from  the  beginning. 

In  our  journey  together,  we  have  seen  that  prayer  be¬ 
gan  very  early  in  the  Bible.  Hardly  a  psalm,  an  Old  Tes¬ 
tament  story,  or  a  prophetic  challenge  does  not  in  some 
way  teach  us  about  prayer.  We  saw  in  the  Job  story  that 
he  was  a  good  teacher  as  he  boldly  dared  to  lay  his  con¬ 
cerns  and  arguments  before  God  himself.  But  Job,  the 
amateur,  embarrassed  his  religious  counselor-friends, 
just  as  all  genuine  prayer  is  a  religious  embarrassment, 
because  friendship  needs  no  religious  skill  or  rehearsed 
ritual — and  prayer  is  the  language  of  friendship.  As 
we’ve  all  experienced,  turbulence  and  pain  exist  in 
friendship  just  as  joy  and  quietness  do.  But  the  language 
of  that  relationship,  both  in  times  of  upheaval  and  in 
times  of  quietness,  is  prayer. 

Finally,  we  confront  the  eternal  truth  that  Jesus  is  the 
best  teacher  of  prayer,  because  he  invites  us  to  enter  his 
Father’s  house  without  fear,  yet  with  profound  respect 


188 


Prayer — Between  Friends 


and  thankfulness.  As  we  pray,  we  acknowledge  this  grat¬ 
itude  in  the  closing  words,  “In  Jesus'  name.”  Here  is  the 
grand  secret  of  all  time.  And  that  secret  is  the  Person  in 
whose  name  we  pray — Jesus  Christ  the  Lord! 

First-century  Roman  cynic  and  critic  of  Christianity 
Celsus  was  really  right  when  he  made  his  brilliant 
charge  against  the  early  Christians:  “Christians  have  the 
absurd  idea  that  God  takes  an  interest  in  man.” 

“For  thine  is  the  kingdom,  and  the  power,  and  the 
glory,  for  ever.  Amen.”  Prayer — the  language  of  our 
friendship  with  God — proves  Celsus  was  right! 


Source  Notes 


Chapter  1:  Do  I  Dare  Disturb  God? 

1.  T.  S.  Eliot,  “Love  Song  of  J.  Alfred  Prufrock,”  The  Literature 
of  England,  George  K.  Anderson  and  William  E.  Buckler, 
eds.,  5th  ed.,  Vol.  2  (Glenview,  Ill.:  Scott,  Foresman  &  Co., 
1968),  1732. 

Chapter  3:  The  Language  of  Relationship 

1.  Dietrich  Bonhoeffer,  Letters  &  Papers  From  Prison  (New 
York:  Macmillan,  1972),  157. 

Chapter  6:  Who  Is  There  When  We  Pray? 

1.  C.  S.  Lewis,  The  Screwtape  Letters  (New  York:  Macmillan, 
1967),  37. 

Chapter  7:  The  Crisis  of  Faith 

1.  Francis  I.  Andersen,  Job:  An  Introduction  and  Commentary 
(London:  Inter- Varsity  Press,  1976). 


190 


Source  Notes 


2.  Karl  Barth,  Dogmatics  in  Outline  (New  York:  Harper  & 
Row,  Publishers,  1959),  15. 

Chapter  8:  Surprised  by  Hope 

1.  Harold  Kushner,  When  Bad  Things  Happen  to  Good  People 
(New  York:  Schocken  Books,  1987). 

2.  Francis  I.  Andersen,  Job:  An  Introduction  and  Commentary 
(London:  Inter-Varsity  Press,  1976). 

Chapter  12:  Forgiveness 

1.  C.  S.  Lewis,  The  Magician's  Nephew  (New  York:  Macmillan, 
1986),  141. 

Chapter  14:  Kingdom,  Power,  and  Glory 

1.  W.  D.  Davies,  The  Setting  of  the  Sermon  on  the  Mount  (Cam¬ 
bridge:  Cambridge  Univ.  Press,  1964),  1. 

2.  C.  S.  Lewis,  The  Weight  of  Glory  (Grand  Rapids,  Mich.:  Wm. 
B.  Eerdmans  Co.,  1949),  8. 

Chapter  16:  Between  Friends 

1.  Jess  Lair,  I  Ain't  Well  but  I  Sure  Am  Better  (Garden  City, 
N.  Y.:  Doubleday  &  Co.,  1975),  37. 


Princeton  Theological  Seminary  Library 


012  01 


505  2782 


CPS1A  information  can  be  obtained  at  www.ICGtesting  com 
Printed  in  the  USA 
BVOW04sl3571903 14 


348 1 23  B  V0000 1 B/256/A 


781 


"Prayer  is  our  side  of  the  friendship  we  experience  in 
our  relationship  with  Almighty  God.” 


In  Prayer  Between  Friends ,  Earl  Palmer  guides  you  into  a  deep, 
abiding  relationship  with  God.  He  digs  into  the  Bible  to  offer 
insights  into  the  personality,  practices,  and  purposes  of  prayer. 
Drawing  upon  the  examples  set  by  our  Lord  Jesus  Christ,  David, 
and  Job,  among  other  biblical  personalities,  the  author  teaches 
important  lessons,  including: 

•  Establishing  our  faith  on  the  reality  of  Cod’s  presence  rather 
than  on  our  feelings 

•  Clinging  to  Gods  promise  in  the  midst  of  confusion  or  suffering 

•  Trusting  God  enough  to  be  honest  with  him 

•  Recognizing  the  privileges  of  praying  in  Jesus'  name 

•  Relying  on  God  for  daily  sustenance 

•  Confessing  our  sins  and  receiving  forgiveness 

•  Tackling  temptati  on 

•  Praying  with  other  believers 

“Prayer  is  a  rest  in  the  Lord  who  is  our  Friend,  because  by  prayer 
we  trust  and  put  our  weight  down  upon  the  faithfulness  of  God.'1 


Earl  F.  Palmer  is  a  graduate  of  the  University  of  California  at 
Berkeley  and  Princeton  Theological  Seminary.  Since  1991  he  has 
been  pastor  of  University  Presbyterian  Church  in  Seattle,  Wash¬ 
ington.  His  other  books  include  The  Book  That  John  Wrote,  Salva¬ 
tion  by  Surprise:  Studies  in  the  Book  of  Romans,  and  Love  Has  Its 
Reasons:  An  Inquiry  into  New  Testament  Love. 


W 

st\P 

Regent  College  Publishing 


5800  University  Boulevard 
Vancouver,  B.C.  Canada  V6T  2E4 
www.  regent-books  tore .  corn